various fixes and gratuitous movements.
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "frame.h"
174 #include "window.h"
175 #include "termchar.h"
176 #include "dispextern.h"
177 #include "buffer.h"
178 #include "charset.h"
179 #include "indent.h"
180 #include "commands.h"
181 #include "macros.h"
182 #include "disptab.h"
183 #include "termhooks.h"
184 #include "intervals.h"
185 #include "keyboard.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189
190 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
191 #include "xterm.h"
192 #endif
193
194 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
195 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
196
197 #define INFINITY 10000000
198
199 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
200 extern void set_frame_menubar ();
201 extern int pending_menu_activation;
202 #endif
203
204 extern int interrupt_input;
205 extern int command_loop_level;
206
207 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
208
209 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
210
211 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
212 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
213 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
214
215 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
216 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
217 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
218 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
219 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile;
220 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
221
222 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
223
224 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
226
227 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
228 over them. */
229
230 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
231
232 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
233
234 int tool_bar_button_margin;
235
236 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
237
238 int tool_bar_button_relief;
239
240 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
241 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
242
243 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
244
245 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
246
247 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
248
249 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
250
251 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
252 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
253
254 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
255
256 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
257 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
258 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
259 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
260
261 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
262
263 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
264
265 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
266
267 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
268
269 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
270 images in Lisp. */
271
272 Lisp_Object Qimage;
273
274 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
275 message. */
276
277 int noninteractive_need_newline;
278
279 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
280
281 static int message_log_need_newline;
282
283 \f
284 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
285 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
286 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
287 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
288
289 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
290
291 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
292 terminating newline. */
293
294 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
295
296 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
297
298 static int this_line_vpos;
299 static int this_line_y;
300 static int this_line_pixel_height;
301
302 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
303 negative if first character is partially visible. */
304
305 static int this_line_start_x;
306
307 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
308
309 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
310
311 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
312 frame. */
313
314 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
315
316 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
317
318 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
319
320 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
321 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
322 frame-title-format. */
323
324 int multiple_frames;
325
326 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
327
328 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
329
330 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
331
332 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
333
334 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
335
336 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
337 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
338 numerical position. */
339
340 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
341
342 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
343
344 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
345
346 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
347
348 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
349
350 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
351 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
352 have changed. */
353
354 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
355
356 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook;
357
358 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
359
360 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
361
362 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
363
364 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
365
366 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
367 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
368
369 static int scroll_step;
370
371 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
372 screen, when appropriate. */
373
374 static int scroll_conservatively;
375
376 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
377 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
378 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
379 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
380
381 int scroll_margin;
382
383 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
384 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
385 this. */
386
387 int buffer_shared;
388
389 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
390
391 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
392
393 /* Nonzero means display mode line highlighted. */
394
395 int mode_line_inverse_video;
396
397 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
398
399 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
400
401 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
402 of the line that contains the prompt. */
403
404 int minibuf_prompt_width;
405 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
406
407 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
408 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
409 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
410
411 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
412
413 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
414 pushes the current message and the value of
415 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
416 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
417
418 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
419
420 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
421 message was specified. */
422
423 int message_enable_multibyte;
424
425 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
426
427 int update_mode_lines;
428
429 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
430 redisplay that finished */
431
432 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
433
434 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
435 line number. */
436
437 int line_number_displayed;
438
439 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
440
441 static int line_number_display_limit;
442
443 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
444
445 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
446
447 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
448 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
449
450 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
451
452 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
453 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
454
455 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
456
457 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
458
459 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
460
461 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
462
463 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
464
465 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
466 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
467
468 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
469
470 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
471 message. */
472
473 int message_buf_print;
474
475 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
476 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
477 specifying a number of lines. */
478
479 static Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
480
481 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
482 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
483
484 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
485 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
486 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
487
488 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
489
490 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
491
492 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
493 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
494 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
495 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
496 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
497
498 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
499
500 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
501 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
502
503 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
504 int trace_redisplay_p;
505 #endif
506
507 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
508
509 enum prop_handled
510 {
511 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
512 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
513 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
514 HANDLED_RETURN
515 };
516
517 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
518 in. */
519
520 struct props
521 {
522 /* The name of the property. */
523 Lisp_Object *name;
524
525 /* A unique index for the property. */
526 enum prop_idx idx;
527
528 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
529 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
530 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
531 };
532
533 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
534 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
535 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
536 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
537 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
538
539 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
540
541 static struct props it_props[] =
542 {
543 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
544 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
545 `display' need to know the face. */
546 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
547 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
548 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
549 {NULL, 0, NULL}
550 };
551
552 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
553 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
554
555 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
556
557 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
558
559 enum move_it_result
560 {
561 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
562 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
563
564 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
565 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
566
567 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
568 MOVE_X_REACHED,
569
570 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
571 continued. */
572 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
573
574 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
575 be displayed truncated. */
576 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
577
578 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
579 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
580 };
581
582
583 \f
584 /* Function prototypes. */
585
586 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
587 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
588 struct glyph_row *,
589 struct glyph_row *));
590 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
591 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
592 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
593 static int current_message_1 P_ ((Lisp_Object *));
594 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((int));
595 static int set_message_1 P_ ((char *s, Lisp_Object, int, int));
596 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
597 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((struct window *));
598 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
599 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
600 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
601 struct text_pos));
602 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
603 static Lisp_Object eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
604 static Lisp_Object eval_form P_ ((Lisp_Object));
605 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
606 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
607 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
608 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
609 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
610 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
611 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
612 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
613 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
614 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
615 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
616 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
617 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
618 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
619 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
620 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
621 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
622 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
623 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
624 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
625 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
626 static void display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
627 static void display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id,
628 Lisp_Object));
629 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
630 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
631 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
632 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
633 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
634 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
635 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
636 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
637 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
638 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
639 void set_iterator_to_next P_ ((struct it *));
640 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
641 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
642 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
643 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
644 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
645 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
646 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
647 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
648 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
649 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
650 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
651 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
652 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
653 struct display_pos *));
654 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
655 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
656 static int charset_at_position P_ ((struct text_pos));
657 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
658 int, int, int));
659 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
660 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
661 struct glyph_row *));
662 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
663 struct glyph_row *));
664 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
665 static void forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
666 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
667 Lisp_Object, int));
668 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
669 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
670 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
671 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
672 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
673 Lisp_Object));
674 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
675 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
676 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
677 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
678
679 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
680 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
681
682 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
683
684 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
685 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
686 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
687 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
688
689 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
690
691 \f
692 /***********************************************************************
693 Window display dimensions
694 ***********************************************************************/
695
696 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
697 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
698 mode line, if any. */
699
700 INLINE int
701 window_text_bottom_y (w)
702 struct window *w;
703 {
704 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
705 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
706
707 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
708 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
709 return height;
710 }
711
712
713 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
714 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
715 the left and right of the window. */
716
717 INLINE int
718 window_box_width (w, area)
719 struct window *w;
720 int area;
721 {
722 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
723 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
724
725 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
726 {
727 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
728
729 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
730 {
731 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
732 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
733 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
734 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
735 }
736 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
737 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
738 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
739 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
740 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
741 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
742 }
743
744 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
745 }
746
747
748 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
749 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
750
751 INLINE int
752 window_box_height (w)
753 struct window *w;
754 {
755 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
756 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
757
758 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
759 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
760
761 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
762 height -= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
763
764 return height;
765 }
766
767
768 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
769 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
770 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
771 W. */
772
773 INLINE int
774 window_box_left (w, area)
775 struct window *w;
776 int area;
777 {
778 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
779 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
780
781 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
782 {
783 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
784 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
785
786 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
787 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
788 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
789 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
790 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
791 }
792
793 return x;
794 }
795
796
797 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
798 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
799 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
800 W. */
801
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_right (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
806 {
807 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
808 }
809
810
811 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
812 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
813 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
814 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
815 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
816 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
817
818 INLINE void
819 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
820 struct window *w;
821 int area;
822 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
823 {
824 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
825
826 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
827 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
828 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
829 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
830 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
831 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
832 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
833 }
834
835
836 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
837 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
838 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
839 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
840 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
841 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
842 box. */
843
844 INLINE void
845 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
846 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
847 struct window *w;
848 int area;
849 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
850 {
851 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
852 bottom_right_y);
853 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
854 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
855 }
856
857
858 \f
859 /***********************************************************************
860 Utilities
861 ***********************************************************************/
862
863 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
864 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
865 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
866 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the illegal
867 character. */
868
869 static INLINE int
870 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
871 unsigned char *str;
872 int maxlen, *len;
873 {
874 int c;
875
876 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
877 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
878 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
879 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept illegal
880 characters. */
881 c = '?';
882
883 return c;
884 }
885
886
887
888 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
889 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
890
891 static struct text_pos
892 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
893 struct text_pos pos;
894 Lisp_Object string;
895 int nchars;
896 {
897 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
898
899 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
900 {
901 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
902 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
903 int len;
904
905 while (nchars--)
906 {
907 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
908 p += len, rest -= len;
909 xassert (rest >= 0);
910 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
911 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
912 }
913 }
914 else
915 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
916
917 return pos;
918 }
919
920
921 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
922 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
923
924 static INLINE struct text_pos
925 string_pos (charpos, string)
926 int charpos;
927 Lisp_Object string;
928 {
929 struct text_pos pos;
930 xassert (STRINGP (string));
931 xassert (charpos >= 0);
932 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
933 return pos;
934 }
935
936
937 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
938 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
939 means recognize multibyte characters. */
940
941 static struct text_pos
942 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
943 int charpos;
944 unsigned char *s;
945 int multibyte_p;
946 {
947 struct text_pos pos;
948
949 xassert (s != NULL);
950 xassert (charpos >= 0);
951
952 if (multibyte_p)
953 {
954 int rest = strlen (s), len;
955
956 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
957 while (charpos--)
958 {
959 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
960 s += len, rest -= len;
961 xassert (rest >= 0);
962 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
963 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
964 }
965 }
966 else
967 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
968
969 return pos;
970 }
971
972
973 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
974 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
975
976 static int
977 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
978 unsigned char *s;
979 int multibyte_p;
980 {
981 int nchars;
982
983 if (multibyte_p)
984 {
985 int rest = strlen (s), len;
986 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
987
988 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
989 {
990 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
991 rest -= len, p += len;
992 }
993 }
994 else
995 nchars = strlen (s);
996
997 return nchars;
998 }
999
1000
1001 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1002 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1003 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1004
1005 static void
1006 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1007 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1008 Lisp_Object string;
1009 {
1010 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1011 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1012
1013 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1014 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos),
1015 string);
1016 else
1017 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1018 }
1019
1020
1021 /* Return the charset of the character at position POS in
1022 current_buffer. */
1023
1024 static int
1025 charset_at_position (pos)
1026 struct text_pos pos;
1027 {
1028 int c, multibyte_p;
1029 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (BYTEPOS (pos));
1030
1031 multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1032 if (multibyte_p)
1033 {
1034 int maxlen = ((BYTEPOS (pos) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
1035 - BYTEPOS (pos));
1036 int len;
1037 c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &len);
1038 }
1039 else
1040 c = *p;
1041
1042 return CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1043 }
1044
1045
1046 \f
1047 /***********************************************************************
1048 Lisp form evaluation
1049 ***********************************************************************/
1050
1051 /* Error handler for eval_form. */
1052
1053 static Lisp_Object
1054 eval_handler (arg)
1055 Lisp_Object arg;
1056 {
1057 return Qnil;
1058 }
1059
1060
1061 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1062 wrong. */
1063
1064 static Lisp_Object
1065 eval_form (sexpr)
1066 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1067 {
1068 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
1069 Lisp_Object val;
1070 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1071 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, eval_handler);
1072 return unbind_to (count, val);
1073 }
1074
1075
1076 \f
1077 /***********************************************************************
1078 Debugging
1079 ***********************************************************************/
1080
1081 #if 0
1082
1083 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1084 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1085
1086 static void
1087 check_it (it)
1088 struct it *it;
1089 {
1090 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1091 {
1092 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1093 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1094 }
1095 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1096 {
1097 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1098 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1099 }
1100
1101 if (it->dpvec)
1102 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1103 else
1104 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1105 }
1106
1107 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1108
1109 #else /* not 0 */
1110
1111 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1112
1113 #endif /* not 0 */
1114
1115
1116 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1117
1118 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1119 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1120
1121 static void
1122 check_window_end (w)
1123 struct window *w;
1124 {
1125 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1126 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1127 {
1128 struct glyph_row *row;
1129 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1130 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1131 !row->enabled_p
1132 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1133 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1134 }
1135 }
1136
1137 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1138
1139 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1140
1141 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1142
1143 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1144
1145
1146 \f
1147 /***********************************************************************
1148 Iterator initialization
1149 ***********************************************************************/
1150
1151 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1152 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1153 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1154 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1155 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1156
1157 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1158 will produce glyphs in that row.
1159
1160 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1161 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1162 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1163 displaying the tool-bar.
1164
1165 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1166 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1167 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1168
1169 void
1170 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1171 struct it *it;
1172 struct window *w;
1173 int charpos, bytepos;
1174 struct glyph_row *row;
1175 enum face_id base_face_id;
1176 {
1177 int highlight_region_p;
1178
1179 /* Some precondition checks. */
1180 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1181 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1182
1183 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1184 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1185 that might have changed. */
1186 if (face_change_count)
1187 {
1188 face_change_count = 0;
1189 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1190 }
1191
1192 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1193 appropriate. */
1194 if (row == NULL)
1195 {
1196 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1197 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1198 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1199 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1200 }
1201
1202 /* Clear IT. */
1203 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1204 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1205 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1206 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1207 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1208
1209 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1210 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1211 it->w = w;
1212 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1213
1214 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1215 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. */
1216 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1217 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1218
1219 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1220 it->space_width = Qnil;
1221 it->font_height = Qnil;
1222
1223 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1224 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1225
1226 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1227 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1228 invisible. */
1229 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1230 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1231 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1232 ? -1 : 0));
1233 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1234 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1235
1236 /* Display table to use. */
1237 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1238
1239 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1240 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1241
1242 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1243 highlight_region_p
1244 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1245 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1246 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1247
1248 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1249 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1250 -1 to indicate no region. */
1251 if (highlight_region_p
1252 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1253 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1254 highlight_nonselected_windows
1255 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1256 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1257 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1258 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1259 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1260 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1261 {
1262 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1263 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1264 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1265 }
1266 else
1267 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1268
1269 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1270 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1271 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1272 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1273 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1274 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1275 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1276 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1277
1278 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1279 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1280 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1281 it->tab_width = 8;
1282
1283 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1284 it->truncate_lines_p
1285 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1286 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1287 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1288 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1289 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1290
1291 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1292 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1293 frames. */
1294 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1295 {
1296 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1297 {
1298 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1299 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1300 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1301 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1302 }
1303 else
1304 {
1305 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1306 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1307 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1308 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1309 }
1310
1311 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1312 above has changed them. */
1313 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1314 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1315 }
1316
1317 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1318 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1319 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1320 it->glyph_row = row;
1321 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1322
1323 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1324 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1325 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1326 start of this total display area. */
1327 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1328 {
1329 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1330 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1331 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1332 }
1333 else
1334 {
1335 it->first_visible_x
1336 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1337 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1338 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1339
1340 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1341 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1342 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1343 for window-based redisplay. */
1344 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1345 {
1346 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1347 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1348 else
1349 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1350 }
1351
1352 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1353 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1354 }
1355
1356 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1357 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1358 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1359 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1360
1361 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1362
1363 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1364 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1365 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1366 {
1367 struct face *face;
1368
1369 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1370
1371 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1372 with a left box line. */
1373 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1374 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1375 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1376 }
1377
1378 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1379 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1380 if (charpos > 0)
1381 {
1382 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1383 it->face_id = -1;
1384 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1385
1386 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1387 if (bytepos <= 0)
1388 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1389 else
1390 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1391
1392 /* Compute faces etc. */
1393 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1394 }
1395
1396 CHECK_IT (it);
1397 }
1398
1399
1400 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1401
1402 void
1403 start_display (it, w, pos)
1404 struct it *it;
1405 struct window *w;
1406 struct text_pos pos;
1407 {
1408 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1409 struct glyph_row *row;
1410 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1411 int first_y;
1412
1413 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1414 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1415 first_y = it->current_y;
1416
1417 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1418 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1419 account. */
1420 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1421 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1422 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1423 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1424
1425 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1426 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1427 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1428 {
1429 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1430
1431 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1432 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1433 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1434 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1435 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1436 if (!it->truncate_lines_p && it->current_x > 0)
1437 {
1438 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1439 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1440 {
1441 set_iterator_to_next (it);
1442 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1443 }
1444 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1445 }
1446
1447 it->current_y = first_y;
1448 it->vpos = 0;
1449 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1450 }
1451
1452 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1453 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1454 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1455
1456 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1457 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1458 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1459 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1460 #endif /* 0 */
1461 }
1462
1463
1464 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1465 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1466 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1467
1468 static void
1469 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1470 struct it *it;
1471 struct window *w;
1472 struct display_pos *pos;
1473 {
1474 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1475 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1476 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1477 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1478 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1479 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1480 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1481 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1482 after-string. */
1483 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1484 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1485
1486 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1487 the right overlay string. */
1488 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1489 {
1490 int relative_index;
1491
1492 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1493 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1494 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1495 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1496 {
1497 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1498 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1499 while (n--)
1500 {
1501 load_overlay_strings (it);
1502 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1503 }
1504 }
1505
1506 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1507 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1508 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1509 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1510 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1511 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1512 }
1513 else if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1514 {
1515 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1516 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1517 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1518 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1519 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1520 }
1521
1522 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1523 character translations. */
1524 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1525 {
1526 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1527 get_next_display_element (it);
1528 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1529 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1530 }
1531
1532 CHECK_IT (it);
1533 }
1534
1535
1536 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1537 starting at ROW->start. */
1538
1539 static void
1540 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1541 struct it *it;
1542 struct window *w;
1543 struct glyph_row *row;
1544 {
1545 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1546 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1547 CHECK_IT (it);
1548 }
1549
1550
1551 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1552 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1553
1554 static void
1555 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1556 struct it *it;
1557 struct window *w;
1558 struct glyph_row *row;
1559 {
1560 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1561
1562 if (row->continued_p)
1563 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1564 + row->pixel_width);
1565 CHECK_IT (it);
1566 }
1567
1568
1569
1570 \f
1571 /***********************************************************************
1572 Text properties
1573 ***********************************************************************/
1574
1575 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1576 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1577 to stop. */
1578
1579 static void
1580 handle_stop (it)
1581 struct it *it;
1582 {
1583 enum prop_handled handled;
1584 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1585 struct props *p;
1586
1587 it->dpvec = NULL;
1588 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1589
1590 do
1591 {
1592 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1593
1594 /* Call text property handlers. */
1595 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1596 {
1597 handled = p->handler (it);
1598
1599 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1600 break;
1601 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1602 return;
1603 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1604 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1605 }
1606
1607 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1608 {
1609 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1610 characters from a display vector. */
1611 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1612 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1613
1614 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1615 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1616 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1617
1618 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1619 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1620 compute_stop_pos (it);
1621 }
1622 }
1623 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1624 }
1625
1626
1627 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1628 information for IT's current position. */
1629
1630 static void
1631 compute_stop_pos (it)
1632 struct it *it;
1633 {
1634 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1635 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1636
1637 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1638 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1639
1640 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1641 {
1642 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1643 properties. */
1644 object = it->string;
1645 limit = Qnil;
1646 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1647 }
1648 else
1649 {
1650 int charpos;
1651
1652 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1653 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1654 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1655 follows. */
1656 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1657 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1658 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1659
1660 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1661 start or end because the face might change there. */
1662 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1663 {
1664 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1665 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1666 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1667 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1668 }
1669
1670 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1671 property changes. */
1672 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1673 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1674 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1675
1676 }
1677
1678 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1679 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1680 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1681 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1682 {
1683 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1684 struct props *p;
1685
1686 /* Get properties here. */
1687 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1688 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1689
1690 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1691 properties. */
1692 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1693 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1694 && (NILP (limit)
1695 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1696 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1697 {
1698 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1699 {
1700 Lisp_Object new_value;
1701
1702 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1703 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1704 break;
1705 }
1706
1707 if (p->handler)
1708 break;
1709 }
1710
1711 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1712 {
1713 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1714 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1715 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1716 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1717 else
1718 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1719 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1720 }
1721 }
1722
1723 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1724 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1725 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1726 }
1727
1728
1729 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1730 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1731 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
1732 xmalloc. */
1733
1734 static int
1735 next_overlay_change (pos)
1736 int pos;
1737 {
1738 int noverlays;
1739 int endpos;
1740 Lisp_Object *overlays;
1741 int len;
1742 int i;
1743
1744 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
1745 len = 10;
1746 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1747 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1748 if (noverlays > len)
1749 {
1750 len = noverlays;
1751 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1752 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1753 }
1754
1755 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
1756 use its ending point instead. */
1757 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
1758 {
1759 Lisp_Object oend;
1760 int oendpos;
1761
1762 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
1763 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
1764 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
1765 }
1766
1767 return endpos;
1768 }
1769
1770
1771 \f
1772 /***********************************************************************
1773 Fontification
1774 ***********************************************************************/
1775
1776 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
1777 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
1778 regions of text. */
1779
1780 static enum prop_handled
1781 handle_fontified_prop (it)
1782 struct it *it;
1783 {
1784 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
1785 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1786 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1787
1788 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
1789 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
1790 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
1791 Qfontification_functions. */
1792 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
1793 && it->s == NULL
1794 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
1795 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
1796 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
1797 NILP (prop)))
1798 {
1799 Lisp_Object args[2];
1800
1801 GCPRO1 (pos);
1802 /* Run the hook functions. */
1803 args[0] = Qfontification_functions;
1804 args[1] = pos;
1805 Frun_hook_with_args (make_number (2), args);
1806
1807 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
1808 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
1809 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
1810 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
1811 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
1812 UNGCPRO;
1813 }
1814
1815 return handled;
1816 }
1817
1818
1819 \f
1820 /***********************************************************************
1821 Faces
1822 ***********************************************************************/
1823
1824 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
1825 Called from handle_stop. */
1826
1827 static enum prop_handled
1828 handle_face_prop (it)
1829 struct it *it;
1830 {
1831 int new_face_id, next_stop;
1832
1833 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
1834 {
1835 new_face_id
1836 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1837 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
1838 it->region_beg_charpos,
1839 it->region_end_charpos,
1840 &next_stop,
1841 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1842 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
1843 0);
1844
1845 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
1846 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
1847 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
1848 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
1849 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
1850 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
1851 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1852 {
1853 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1854
1855 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
1856 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
1857 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
1858 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
1859 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
1860 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
1861 it->start_of_box_run_p
1862 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1863 && (it->face_id >= 0
1864 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
1865 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
1866 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1867 }
1868 }
1869 else
1870 {
1871 new_face_id
1872 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1873 it->string,
1874 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
1875 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1876 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1877 : 0),
1878 it->region_beg_charpos,
1879 it->region_end_charpos,
1880 &next_stop,
1881 it->base_face_id);
1882
1883 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
1884 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
1885 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
1886 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
1887 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1888 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
1889 #endif
1890
1891 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
1892 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
1893 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
1894 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
1895 box, all characters up to that position will have a
1896 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
1897 is really the end. */
1898 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1899 {
1900 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1901 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1902
1903 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
1904 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
1905 shadow on the left side. */
1906 it->start_of_box_run_p
1907 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
1908 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1909 }
1910 }
1911
1912 it->face_id = new_face_id;
1913 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1914 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1915 }
1916
1917
1918 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
1919 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
1920 position. Value is the id of the face. */
1921
1922 static int
1923 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
1924 struct it *it;
1925 int before_p;
1926 {
1927 int face_id, limit;
1928 int next_check_charpos;
1929 struct text_pos pos;
1930
1931 xassert (it->s == NULL);
1932
1933 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1934 {
1935 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
1936 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
1937 string start. */
1938 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
1939 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
1940 return it->face_id;
1941
1942 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
1943 if (before_p)
1944 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
1945 else
1946 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string);
1947
1948 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
1949 face_id
1950 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1951 it->string,
1952 CHARPOS (pos),
1953 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1954 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1955 : 0),
1956 it->region_beg_charpos,
1957 it->region_end_charpos,
1958 &next_check_charpos,
1959 it->base_face_id);
1960
1961 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1962 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1963 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
1964 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
1965 {
1966 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1967 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1968 int c, len, charset;
1969
1970 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1971 charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1972 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1973 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
1974 }
1975 }
1976 else
1977 {
1978 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
1979 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
1980 return it->face_id;
1981
1982 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
1983 pos = it->current.pos;
1984
1985 if (before_p)
1986 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos);
1987 else
1988 INC_TEXT_POS (pos);
1989
1990 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
1991 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1992 CHARPOS (pos),
1993 it->region_beg_charpos,
1994 it->region_end_charpos,
1995 &next_check_charpos,
1996 limit, 0);
1997
1998 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1999 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2000 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2001 if (it->multibyte_p)
2002 {
2003 int charset = charset_at_position (pos);
2004 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
2005 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
2006 }
2007 }
2008
2009 return face_id;
2010 }
2011
2012
2013 \f
2014 /***********************************************************************
2015 Invisible text
2016 ***********************************************************************/
2017
2018 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2019 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2020
2021 static enum prop_handled
2022 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2023 struct it *it;
2024 {
2025 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2026
2027 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2028 {
2029 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2030 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2031
2032 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2033 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2034 property. */
2035 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2036 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2037
2038 if (!NILP (prop))
2039 {
2040 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2041
2042 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2043 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2044 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2045 all the rest of IT->string. */
2046 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2047 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2048 it->string, limit);
2049
2050 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2051 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2052 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2053 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2054 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2055 {
2056 struct text_pos old;
2057 old = it->current.string_pos;
2058 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2059 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2060 }
2061 else
2062 {
2063 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2064 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2065 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2066 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2067 {
2068 next_overlay_string (it);
2069 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2070 finished processing them. */
2071 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2072 }
2073 else
2074 {
2075 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2076 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2077 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2078 }
2079 }
2080 }
2081 }
2082 else
2083 {
2084 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2085 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2086
2087 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2088 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2089 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2090
2091 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2092 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
2093 {
2094 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2095 invisible text. */
2096 int display_ellipsis_p
2097 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2098
2099 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2100
2101 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2102 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2103 do
2104 {
2105 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2106 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2107 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2108 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2109 invisible property. */
2110 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2111 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2112
2113 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2114 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2115 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2116 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2117 visible_p = 1;
2118 else
2119 {
2120 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2121 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2122 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2123 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2124 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2125 newpos is visible. */
2126 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2127 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2128 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2129 }
2130
2131 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2132 skip starting with next_stop. */
2133 if (!visible_p)
2134 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2135 }
2136 while (!visible_p);
2137
2138 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2139 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2140 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2141
2142 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2143 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2144 {
2145 if (it->dp
2146 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2147 {
2148 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2149 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2150 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2151 }
2152 else
2153 {
2154 /* Default `...'. */
2155 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2156 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2157 }
2158
2159 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2160 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2161 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2162 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2163
2164 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2165 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2166 }
2167 }
2168 }
2169
2170 return handled;
2171 }
2172
2173
2174 \f
2175 /***********************************************************************
2176 'display' property
2177 ***********************************************************************/
2178
2179 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2180 Called from handle_stop. */
2181
2182 static enum prop_handled
2183 handle_display_prop (it)
2184 struct it *it;
2185 {
2186 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2187 struct text_pos *position;
2188 int space_or_image_found_p;
2189
2190 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2191 {
2192 object = it->string;
2193 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2194 }
2195 else
2196 {
2197 object = Qnil;
2198 position = &it->current.pos;
2199 }
2200
2201 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2202 it->font_height = Qnil;
2203 it->space_width = Qnil;
2204 it->voffset = 0;
2205
2206 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2207 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2208 `display' property etc. */
2209 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2210 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2211
2212 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2213 Qdisplay, object);
2214 if (NILP (prop))
2215 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2216
2217 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2218 if (CONSP (prop)
2219 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2220 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2221 {
2222 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2223 while (CONSP (prop))
2224 {
2225 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2226 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2227 prop = XCDR (prop);
2228 }
2229 }
2230 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2231 {
2232 int i;
2233 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2234 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2235 object, position))
2236 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2237 }
2238 else
2239 {
2240 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2241 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2242 }
2243
2244 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2245 }
2246
2247
2248 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2249 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2250
2251 static struct text_pos
2252 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2253 struct it *it;
2254 Lisp_Object object;
2255 struct text_pos start_pos;
2256 {
2257 Lisp_Object end;
2258 struct text_pos end_pos;
2259
2260 end = next_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2261 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2262 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2263 if (STRINGP (object))
2264 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2265 else
2266 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2267
2268 return end_pos;
2269 }
2270
2271
2272 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2273 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2274 is the position at which it was found.
2275
2276 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2277 end position of the `display' property.
2278
2279 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2280
2281 static int
2282 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2283 struct it *it;
2284 Lisp_Object prop;
2285 Lisp_Object object;
2286 struct text_pos *position;
2287 {
2288 Lisp_Object value;
2289 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2290
2291 Lisp_Object form;
2292
2293 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2294 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2295 form = Qt;
2296 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2297 {
2298 prop = XCDR (prop);
2299 if (!CONSP (prop))
2300 return 0;
2301 form = XCAR (prop);
2302 prop = XCDR (prop);
2303 }
2304
2305 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2306 {
2307 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2308 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2309
2310 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2311 GCPRO1 (form);
2312
2313 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2314 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2315 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2316 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2317 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2318 form = eval_form (form);
2319 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2320 UNGCPRO;
2321 }
2322
2323 if (NILP (form))
2324 return 0;
2325
2326 if (CONSP (prop)
2327 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2328 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2329 {
2330 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2331 return 0;
2332
2333 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2334 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2335 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2336 {
2337 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2338 int new_height = -1;
2339
2340 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2341 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2342 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2343 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2344 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2345 {
2346 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2347 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2348 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2349 steps = - steps;
2350 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2351 }
2352 else if (SYMBOLP (it->font_height))
2353 {
2354 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2355 Value is the new height. */
2356 Lisp_Object form, height;
2357 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2358
2359 height = face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX];
2360 form = Fcons (it->font_height, Fcons (height, Qnil));
2361 GCPRO1 (form);
2362 height = eval_form (form);
2363 if (NUMBERP (height))
2364 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2365 UNGCPRO;
2366 }
2367 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2368 {
2369 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2370 struct face *face;
2371
2372 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2373 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2374 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2375 }
2376 else
2377 {
2378 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2379 current specified height to get the new height. */
2380 Lisp_Object value;
2381 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
2382
2383 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2384 value = eval_form (it->font_height);
2385 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2386
2387 if (NUMBERP (value))
2388 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2389 }
2390
2391 if (new_height > 0)
2392 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2393 }
2394 }
2395 else if (CONSP (prop)
2396 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2397 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2398 {
2399 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2400 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2401 return 0;
2402
2403 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2404 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2405 it->space_width = value;
2406 }
2407 else if (CONSP (prop)
2408 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2409 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2410 {
2411 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2412 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2413 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2414 return 0;
2415
2416 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2417 if (NUMBERP (value))
2418 {
2419 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2420 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2421 * (face->font->ascent + face->font->descent));
2422 }
2423 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2424 }
2425 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2426 {
2427 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2428 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2429 Lisp_Object location, value;
2430 struct text_pos start_pos;
2431 int valid_p;
2432
2433 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2434 we have to find the end of the property. */
2435 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2436 start_pos = *position;
2437 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2438
2439 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2440 text properties change there. */
2441 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2442
2443 location = Qunbound;
2444 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2445 {
2446 Lisp_Object tem;
2447
2448 value = XCDR (prop);
2449 if (CONSP (value))
2450 value = XCAR (value);
2451
2452 tem = XCAR (prop);
2453 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2454 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2455 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2456 (NILP (tem)
2457 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2458 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2459 location = tem;
2460 }
2461
2462 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2463 {
2464 location = Qnil;
2465 value = prop;
2466 }
2467
2468 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2469 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2470 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2471 else
2472 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2473 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2474 || valid_image_p (value));
2475 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2476 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2477 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2478
2479 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2480 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2481 || NILP (location))
2482 && valid_p)
2483 {
2484 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2485 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2486 push_it (it);
2487
2488 if (NILP (location))
2489 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2490 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2491 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2492 else
2493 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2494
2495 if (STRINGP (value))
2496 {
2497 it->string = value;
2498 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2499 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2500 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2501 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2502 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2503 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2504 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2505 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2506 }
2507 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2508 {
2509 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2510 it->object = value;
2511 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2512 }
2513 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2514 else
2515 {
2516 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2517 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2518 it->position = start_pos;
2519 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2520 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2521
2522 /* Say that we don't have consumed the characters with
2523 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2524 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2525 *position = start_pos;
2526 }
2527 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2528 }
2529 }
2530
2531 return space_or_image_found_p;
2532 }
2533
2534
2535 \f
2536 /***********************************************************************
2537 Overlay strings
2538 ***********************************************************************/
2539
2540 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
2541 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
2542
2543 struct overlay_entry
2544 {
2545 Lisp_Object string;
2546 int priority;
2547 int after_string_p;
2548 };
2549
2550
2551 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
2552 Called from handle_stop. */
2553
2554 static enum prop_handled
2555 handle_overlay_change (it)
2556 struct it *it;
2557 {
2558 /* Overlays are handled in current_buffer only. */
2559 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2560 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2561 else
2562 return (get_overlay_strings (it)
2563 ? HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
2564 : HANDLED_NORMALLY);
2565 }
2566
2567
2568 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
2569 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
2570 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
2571 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
2572 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
2573 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
2574
2575 static void
2576 next_overlay_string (it)
2577 struct it *it;
2578 {
2579 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
2580 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
2581 {
2582 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
2583 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
2584 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
2585 pop_it (it);
2586 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2587 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
2588 it->string = Qnil;
2589 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2590 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
2591 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
2592 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2593 }
2594 else
2595 {
2596 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
2597 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
2598 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
2599 it. */
2600 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
2601
2602 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
2603 load_overlay_strings (it);
2604
2605 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
2606 string. */
2607 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
2608 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2609 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
2610 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2611 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2612 }
2613
2614 CHECK_IT (it);
2615 }
2616
2617
2618 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
2619 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
2620 strings for the same position are sorted so that
2621
2622 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings.
2623
2624 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
2625 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
2626
2627 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
2628 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
2629
2630 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
2631
2632
2633 static int
2634 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
2635 void *e1, *e2;
2636 {
2637 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
2638 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
2639 int result;
2640
2641 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
2642 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings. */
2643 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
2644 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
2645 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
2646 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
2647 else
2648 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
2649 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
2650
2651 return result;
2652 }
2653
2654
2655 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
2656 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
2657 overlay strings found.
2658
2659 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
2660 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
2661 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
2662 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
2663 function.
2664
2665 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
2666 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
2667 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
2668 compare_overlay_entries. */
2669
2670 static void
2671 load_overlay_strings (it)
2672 struct it *it;
2673 {
2674 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
2675 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str;
2676 int start, end;
2677 int size = 20;
2678 int n = 0, i, j;
2679 struct overlay_entry *entries
2680 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
2681
2682 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
2683 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
2684 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
2685 OVERLAY. */
2686 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
2687 do \
2688 { \
2689 Lisp_Object priority; \
2690 \
2691 if (n == size) \
2692 { \
2693 int new_size = 2 * size; \
2694 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
2695 entries = \
2696 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
2697 * sizeof *entries); \
2698 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
2699 size = new_size; \
2700 } \
2701 \
2702 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
2703 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
2704 entries[n].priority \
2705 = INTEGERP (priority) ? XFASTINT (priority) : 0; \
2706 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
2707 ++n; \
2708 } \
2709 while (0)
2710
2711 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
2712 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before;
2713 CONSP (ov);
2714 ov = XCDR (ov))
2715 {
2716 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2717 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2718 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2719 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2720
2721 if (end < IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2722 break;
2723
2724 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2725 position. */
2726 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2727 continue;
2728
2729 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2730 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2731 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2732 continue;
2733
2734 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2735 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2736 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2737 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2738 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2739
2740 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2741 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2742 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2743 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2744 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2745 }
2746
2747 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
2748 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after;
2749 CONSP (ov);
2750 ov = XCDR (ov))
2751 {
2752 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2753 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2754 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2755 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2756
2757 if (start > IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2758 break;
2759
2760 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2761 position. */
2762 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2763 continue;
2764
2765 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2766 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2767 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2768 continue;
2769
2770 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2771 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2772 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2773 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2774 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2775
2776 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2777 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2778 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2779 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2780 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2781 }
2782
2783 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
2784
2785 /* Sort entries. */
2786 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
2787
2788 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
2789 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
2790
2791 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
2792 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
2793 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
2794 i = 0;
2795 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
2796 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
2797 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
2798
2799 CHECK_IT (it);
2800 }
2801
2802
2803 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
2804 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
2805 found. */
2806
2807 static int
2808 get_overlay_strings (it)
2809 struct it *it;
2810 {
2811 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
2812 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
2813 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
2814 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
2815 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
2816 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
2817 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
2818 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
2819 load_overlay_strings (it);
2820
2821 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
2822 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
2823 from current_buffer. */
2824 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
2825 {
2826 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
2827 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
2828 strings. */
2829 compute_stop_pos (it);
2830 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2831
2832 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
2833 strings have been processed. */
2834 xassert (it->sp == 0);
2835 push_it (it);
2836
2837 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
2838 string. */
2839 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2840 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2841 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
2842 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2843 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2844 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2845 }
2846 else
2847 {
2848 it->string = Qnil;
2849 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2850 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2851 }
2852
2853 CHECK_IT (it);
2854
2855 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
2856 return STRINGP (it->string);
2857 }
2858
2859
2860 \f
2861 /***********************************************************************
2862 Saving and restoring state
2863 ***********************************************************************/
2864
2865 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
2866 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
2867 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
2868 processed. */
2869
2870 static void
2871 push_it (it)
2872 struct it *it;
2873 {
2874 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2875
2876 xassert (it->sp < 2);
2877 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2878
2879 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
2880 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2881 p->face_id = it->face_id;
2882 p->string = it->string;
2883 p->pos = it->current;
2884 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
2885 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
2886 p->area = it->area;
2887 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
2888 p->space_width = it->space_width;
2889 p->font_height = it->font_height;
2890 p->voffset = it->voffset;
2891 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
2892 ++it->sp;
2893 }
2894
2895
2896 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
2897 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
2898 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
2899 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
2900 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
2901
2902 static void
2903 pop_it (it)
2904 struct it *it;
2905 {
2906 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2907
2908 xassert (it->sp > 0);
2909 --it->sp;
2910 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2911 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
2912 it->face_id = p->face_id;
2913 it->string = p->string;
2914 it->current = p->pos;
2915 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
2916 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
2917 it->area = p->area;
2918 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
2919 it->space_width = p->space_width;
2920 it->font_height = p->font_height;
2921 it->voffset = p->voffset;
2922 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
2923 }
2924
2925
2926 \f
2927 /***********************************************************************
2928 Moving over lines
2929 ***********************************************************************/
2930
2931 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
2932
2933 static void
2934 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
2935 struct it *it;
2936 {
2937 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
2938 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2939 }
2940
2941
2942 /* Set IT's current position to the next line start. */
2943
2944 static void
2945 forward_to_next_line_start (it)
2946 struct it *it;
2947 {
2948 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it), 1);
2949 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2950 }
2951
2952
2953 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
2954 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
2955 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
2956 IT->hpos. */
2957
2958 static void
2959 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
2960 struct it *it;
2961 {
2962 int visible_p = 0;
2963
2964 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
2965 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
2966 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
2967
2968 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
2969 or text properties. */
2970 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
2971 && !visible_p)
2972 {
2973 visible_p = 1;
2974
2975 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
2976 are invisible. */
2977 if (it->selective > 0
2978 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
2979 it->selective))
2980 visible_p = 0;
2981 else
2982 {
2983 Lisp_Object prop;
2984
2985 prop = Fget_char_property (IT_CHARPOS (*it), Qinvisible, it->window);
2986 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
2987 visible_p = 0;
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
2991 if (!visible_p)
2992 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
2993 }
2994
2995 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
2996 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
2997 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
2998 CHECK_IT (it);
2999 }
3000
3001
3002 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3003 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3004 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3005 face information etc. */
3006
3007 static void
3008 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3009 struct it *it;
3010 {
3011 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3012 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3013 CHECK_IT (it);
3014 }
3015
3016
3017 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3018 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3019 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3020 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3021 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3022 is invisible because of text properties. */
3023
3024 static void
3025 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3026 struct it *it;
3027 int on_newline_p;
3028 {
3029 /* Restore the buffer position when currently not delivering display
3030 elements from the current buffer. This is the case, for example,
3031 when called at the end of a truncated overlay string. */
3032 while (it->sp)
3033 pop_it (it);
3034 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3035
3036 /* Otherwise, scan_buffer would not work. */
3037 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
3038 {
3039 /* If on a newline, advance past it. Otherwise, find the next
3040 newline which automatically gives us the position following
3041 the newline. */
3042 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)) == '\n')
3043 {
3044 ++IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3045 ++IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3046 }
3047 else
3048 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3049
3050 /* We must either have reached the end of the buffer or end up
3051 after a newline. */
3052 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
3053 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3054
3055 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3056 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3057 if (it->selective > 0)
3058 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3059 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3060 it->selective))
3061 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3062
3063 /* Position on the newline if we should. */
3064 if (on_newline_p && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3065 {
3066 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3067 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3068 }
3069
3070 /* Set the iterator there. The 0 as the last parameter of
3071 reseat means don't force a text property lookup. The lookup
3072 is then only done if we've skipped past the iterator's
3073 check_charpos'es. This optimization is important because
3074 text property lookups tend to be expensive. */
3075 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3076 }
3077
3078 CHECK_IT (it);
3079 }
3080
3081
3082 \f
3083 /***********************************************************************
3084 Changing an iterator's position
3085 ***********************************************************************/
3086
3087 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3088 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3089 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3090 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3091
3092 static void
3093 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3094 struct it *it;
3095 struct text_pos pos;
3096 int force_p;
3097 {
3098 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3099
3100 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3101
3102 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3103 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3104 if (force_p
3105 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3106 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3107 handle_stop (it);
3108
3109 CHECK_IT (it);
3110 }
3111
3112
3113 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3114 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3115
3116 static void
3117 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3118 struct it *it;
3119 struct text_pos pos;
3120 int set_stop_p;
3121 {
3122 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3123 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3124
3125 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3126 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3127
3128 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3129 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3130 it->dpvec = NULL;
3131 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3132 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3133 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3134 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3135 it->string = Qnil;
3136 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3137 it->sp = 0;
3138
3139 if (set_stop_p)
3140 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3141 }
3142
3143
3144 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3145 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3146 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3147
3148 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3149 characters from the string.
3150
3151 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3152 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3153 field width.
3154
3155 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3156 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3157 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3158
3159 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3160 calling this function. */
3161
3162 static void
3163 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3164 struct it *it;
3165 unsigned char *s;
3166 Lisp_Object string;
3167 int charpos;
3168 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3169 {
3170 /* No region in strings. */
3171 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3172
3173 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3174 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3175
3176 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3177 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3178 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3179 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3180 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3181 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3182
3183 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3184 if (multibyte >= 0)
3185 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3186
3187 if (s == NULL)
3188 {
3189 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3190 it->string = string;
3191 it->s = NULL;
3192 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3193 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3194 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3195 }
3196 else
3197 {
3198 it->s = s;
3199 it->string = Qnil;
3200
3201 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3202 for displaying C strings. */
3203 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3204 if (it->multibyte_p)
3205 {
3206 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3207 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3208 }
3209 else
3210 {
3211 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3212 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3213 }
3214
3215 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3216 }
3217
3218 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3219 from the string. */
3220 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3221 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3222
3223 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3224 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3225 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3226 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3227 if (field_width < 0)
3228 field_width = INFINITY;
3229 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3230 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3231
3232 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3233 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3234 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3235
3236 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3237 CHECK_IT (it);
3238 }
3239
3240
3241 \f
3242 /***********************************************************************
3243 Iteration
3244 ***********************************************************************/
3245
3246 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3247 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3248 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3249
3250 int
3251 get_next_display_element (it)
3252 struct it *it;
3253 {
3254 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3255 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3256 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3257 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3258 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3259 int charset;
3260
3261 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3262 {
3263 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3264 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3265 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3266 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3267 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3268 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3269 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3270 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3271 it? */
3272 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3273 {
3274 Lisp_Object dv;
3275
3276 if (it->dp
3277 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3278 VECTORP (dv)))
3279 {
3280 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3281
3282 /* Return the first character from the display table
3283 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3284 current character. */
3285 if (v->size)
3286 {
3287 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3288 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3289 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3290 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3291 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3292 }
3293
3294 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3295 }
3296
3297 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3298 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3299 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3300 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3301 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3302
3303 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3304 octal form. */
3305 else if ((it->c < ' '
3306 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3307 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3308 || (it->c >= 127
3309 && it->len == 1)
3310 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3311 {
3312 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3313 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3314 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3315 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3316 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3317 GLYPH g;
3318
3319 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3320 {
3321 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3322 if (it->dp
3323 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3324 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3325 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3326 else
3327 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3328 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3329
3330 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3331 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3332
3333 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3334 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3335 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3336 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3337 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3338 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3339 get_next_display_element (it);
3340 }
3341 else
3342 {
3343 unsigned char work[4], *str;
3344 int len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, work, str);
3345 int i;
3346 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3347
3348 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3349 if (it->dp
3350 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3351 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3352 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3353 else
3354 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3355
3356 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3357 {
3358 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3359 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3360 the octal display of the character. */
3361 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3362 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3363 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3364 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3365 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3366 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3367 }
3368
3369 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3370 from it. */
3371 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3372 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3373 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3374 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3375 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3376 get_next_display_element (it);
3377 }
3378 }
3379 }
3380
3381 /* Adjust face id if charset changes. There are no charset
3382 changes in unibyte text because Emacs' charsets are not
3383 applicable there. */
3384 if (it->multibyte_p
3385 && success_p
3386 && (charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->c),
3387 charset != it->charset))
3388 {
3389 it->charset = charset;
3390 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, charset);
3391 }
3392 }
3393
3394 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3395 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3396 if (it->face_box_p
3397 && it->s == NULL)
3398 {
3399 int face_id;
3400 struct face *face;
3401
3402 it->end_of_box_run_p
3403 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3404 face_id != it->face_id)
3405 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3406 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3407 }
3408
3409 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
3410 return success_p;
3411 }
3412
3413
3414 /* Move IT to the next display element.
3415
3416 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
3417 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
3418 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
3419 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
3420 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
3421 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
3422 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
3423 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
3424 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
3425
3426 void
3427 set_iterator_to_next (it)
3428 struct it *it;
3429 {
3430 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
3431 {
3432 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
3433 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
3434 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
3435 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
3436 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
3437 else
3438 {
3439 xassert (it->len != 0);
3440 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3441 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3442 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
3443 }
3444 }
3445 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
3446 {
3447 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
3448 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3449 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3450 }
3451 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
3452 {
3453 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
3454 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
3455 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
3456 strings. */
3457 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
3458
3459 /* Restore face and charset of the iterator to what they were
3460 before the display vector entry (these entries may contain
3461 faces, and of course characters of different charsets). */
3462 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
3463 it->charset = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id)->charset;
3464
3465 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
3466 {
3467 if (it->s)
3468 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3469 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
3470 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3471 else
3472 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3473
3474 it->dpvec = NULL;
3475 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3476
3477 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
3478 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
3479 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
3480 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
3481 {
3482 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
3483 set_iterator_to_next (it);
3484 }
3485 }
3486 }
3487 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
3488 {
3489 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
3490 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
3491 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3492 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3493
3494 consider_string_end:
3495
3496 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3497 {
3498 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
3499 next, if there is one. */
3500 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3501 next_overlay_string (it);
3502 }
3503 else
3504 {
3505 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
3506 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
3507 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
3508 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
3509 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
3510 && it->sp > 0)
3511 {
3512 pop_it (it);
3513 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3514 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3515 }
3516 }
3517 }
3518 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
3519 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
3520 {
3521 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
3522 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
3523 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
3524 pop_it (it);
3525 it->image_id = 0;
3526 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3527 {
3528 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3529 goto consider_string_end;
3530 }
3531 else
3532 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3533 }
3534 else
3535 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
3536 abort ();
3537
3538 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of
3539 characters with box. */
3540 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
3541
3542 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
3543 || (STRINGP (it->string)
3544 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
3545 }
3546
3547
3548 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3549 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
3550 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
3551 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
3552
3553 static int
3554 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
3555 struct it *it;
3556 {
3557 /* Precondition. */
3558 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
3559
3560 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
3561 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
3562 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
3563
3564 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
3565 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
3566 {
3567 int lface_id;
3568 GLYPH g;
3569
3570 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
3571 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
3572 it->len = CHAR_LEN (it->c);
3573
3574 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
3575 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
3576 zero means no face. */
3577 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
3578 if (lface_id)
3579 {
3580 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
3581 if (face_id >= 0)
3582 {
3583 it->face_id = face_id;
3584 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3585 }
3586 }
3587 }
3588 else
3589 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
3590 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3591
3592 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
3593 still the values of the character that had this display table
3594 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
3595 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3596 return 1;
3597 }
3598
3599
3600 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
3601 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
3602 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
3603 overlay string. */
3604
3605 static int
3606 next_element_from_string (it)
3607 struct it *it;
3608 {
3609 struct text_pos position;
3610
3611 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3612 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
3613 position = it->current.string_pos;
3614
3615 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
3616 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
3617 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
3618 {
3619 handle_stop (it);
3620
3621 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
3622 recurse here. */
3623 return get_next_display_element (it);
3624 }
3625
3626 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3627 {
3628 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
3629 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
3630 do. */
3631 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3632 {
3633 it->what = IT_EOB;
3634 return 0;
3635 }
3636 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3637 {
3638 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3639 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3640 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3641 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3642 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
3643 }
3644 else
3645 {
3646 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3647 it->len = 1;
3648 }
3649 }
3650 else
3651 {
3652 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
3653 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
3654 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
3655 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
3656 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3657 {
3658 it->what = IT_EOB;
3659 return 0;
3660 }
3661 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3662 {
3663 /* Pad with spaces. */
3664 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3665 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
3666 }
3667 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3668 {
3669 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3670 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3671 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3672 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3673 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
3674 }
3675 else
3676 {
3677 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3678 it->len = 1;
3679 }
3680 }
3681
3682 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
3683 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
3684 string position. */
3685 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3686 it->object = it->string;
3687 it->position = position;
3688 return 1;
3689 }
3690
3691
3692 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
3693 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
3694 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
3695 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
3696 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
3697 reached, including padding spaces. */
3698
3699 static int
3700 next_element_from_c_string (it)
3701 struct it *it;
3702 {
3703 int success_p = 1;
3704
3705 xassert (it->s);
3706 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3707 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
3708 it->object = Qnil;
3709
3710 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
3711 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
3712 initialized. */
3713 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3714 {
3715 /* End of the game. */
3716 it->what = IT_EOB;
3717 success_p = 0;
3718 }
3719 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3720 {
3721 /* Pad with spaces. */
3722 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3723 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
3724 }
3725 else if (it->multibyte_p)
3726 {
3727 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
3728 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
3729 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
3730 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3731 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3732 maxlen, &it->len);
3733 }
3734 else
3735 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
3736
3737 return success_p;
3738 }
3739
3740
3741 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
3742 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
3743 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
3744 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
3745
3746 static void
3747 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
3748 struct it *it;
3749 {
3750 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
3751 {
3752 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
3753 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
3754 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
3755 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3756 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3757 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3758 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3759 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3760 get_next_display_element (it);
3761 }
3762 else if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
3763 {
3764 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
3765 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3766 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
3767 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
3768 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3769 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3770 get_next_display_element (it);
3771 }
3772 }
3773
3774
3775 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
3776 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
3777 is always 1. */
3778
3779
3780 static int
3781 next_element_from_image (it)
3782 struct it *it;
3783 {
3784 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
3785 return 1;
3786 }
3787
3788
3789 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
3790 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
3791 always 1. */
3792
3793 static int
3794 next_element_from_stretch (it)
3795 struct it *it;
3796 {
3797 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
3798 return 1;
3799 }
3800
3801
3802 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
3803 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
3804 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
3805 end. */
3806
3807 static int
3808 next_element_from_buffer (it)
3809 struct it *it;
3810 {
3811 int success_p = 1;
3812
3813 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
3814 if-statement, below. */
3815 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
3816 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
3817
3818 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
3819 {
3820 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3821 {
3822 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
3823
3824 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
3825 haven't been returned yet. */
3826 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
3827 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
3828 else
3829 {
3830 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3831 overlay_strings_follow_p
3832 = get_overlay_strings (it);
3833 }
3834
3835 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
3836 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3837 else
3838 {
3839 it->what = IT_EOB;
3840 it->position = it->current.pos;
3841 success_p = 0;
3842 }
3843 }
3844 else
3845 {
3846 handle_stop (it);
3847 return get_next_display_element (it);
3848 }
3849 }
3850 else
3851 {
3852 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
3853 character from current_buffer. */
3854 unsigned char *p;
3855
3856 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
3857 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
3858 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
3859 && it->glyph_row
3860 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
3861 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
3862
3863 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
3864 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3865 if (it->multibyte_p)
3866 {
3867 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
3868 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3869 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
3870 }
3871 else
3872 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
3873
3874 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
3875 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
3876 it->object = it->w->buffer;
3877 it->position = it->current.pos;
3878
3879 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
3880 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
3881 if (it->selective)
3882 {
3883 if (it->c == '\n')
3884 {
3885 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
3886 than that number of columns. */
3887 if (it->selective > 0
3888 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
3889 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
3890 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
3891 it->selective))
3892 {
3893 next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3894 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3895 }
3896 }
3897 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
3898 {
3899 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
3900 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
3901 ellipsis displayed for it. */
3902 next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3903 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3904 }
3905 }
3906 }
3907
3908 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
3909 xassert (!success_p || it->len > 0);
3910 return success_p;
3911 }
3912
3913
3914 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
3915
3916 static void
3917 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
3918 struct it *it;
3919 {
3920 Lisp_Object args[3];
3921
3922 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
3923 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
3924 xassert (it->glyph_row);
3925
3926 /* Set up hook arguments. */
3927 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
3928 args[1] = it->window;
3929 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
3930 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
3931
3932 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
3933 them again, even if they get an error. */
3934 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
3935 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
3936
3937 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
3938 handle_face_prop (it);
3939 }
3940
3941
3942 \f
3943 /***********************************************************************
3944 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
3945 ***********************************************************************/
3946
3947 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
3948 line on the display without producing glyphs.
3949
3950 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
3951 whichever is reached first.
3952
3953 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
3954
3955 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
3956 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
3957 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
3958 scrolled.
3959
3960 Value is
3961
3962 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
3963 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
3964
3965 MOVE_X_REACHED
3966 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
3967
3968 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
3969 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
3970 be continued.
3971
3972 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
3973 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
3974 truncated.
3975
3976 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
3977 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
3978 display is on. */
3979
3980 static enum move_it_result
3981 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
3982 struct it *it;
3983 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
3984 {
3985 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
3986 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
3987
3988 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
3989 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
3990 it->glyph_row = NULL;
3991
3992 while (1)
3993 {
3994 int x, i;
3995
3996 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
3997 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
3998 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
3999 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4000 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4001 {
4002 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4003 break;
4004 }
4005
4006 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4007 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4008 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4009 fit on the line. */
4010 x = it->current_x;
4011 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4012
4013 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4014 {
4015 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4016 continue;
4017 }
4018
4019 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4020 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4021 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4022 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4023 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4024 composite character.
4025
4026 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4027 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4028 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4029 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4030 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4031 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4032 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4033 next line.
4034
4035 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4036 the same width. */
4037 if (it->nglyphs)
4038 {
4039 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4040 glyphs have the same width. */
4041 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4042 int new_x;
4043
4044 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4045 {
4046 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4047
4048 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4049 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4050 {
4051 it->current_x = x;
4052 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4053 break;
4054 }
4055 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4056 !it->truncate_lines_p
4057 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4058 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4059 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4060 system frame. */
4061 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4062 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4063 {
4064 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4065 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4066 it->hpos == 0
4067 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4068 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4069 {
4070 ++it->hpos;
4071 it->current_x = new_x;
4072 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4073 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4074 }
4075 else
4076 it->current_x = x;
4077
4078 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4079 break;
4080 }
4081 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4082 {
4083 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4084 would be displayed. */
4085 ++it->hpos;
4086 }
4087 else
4088 {
4089 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4090 area. Nothing to do. */
4091 }
4092 }
4093
4094 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4095 break;
4096 }
4097 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4098 {
4099 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4100 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4101 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4102 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4103 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4104 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4105 break;
4106 }
4107
4108 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4109 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4110 {
4111 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4112 break;
4113 }
4114
4115 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4116 to the next. */
4117 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4118
4119 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4120 past the right edge of the window now. */
4121 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4122 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4123 {
4124 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4125 break;
4126 }
4127 }
4128
4129 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4130 function. */
4131 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4132 return result;
4133 }
4134
4135
4136 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4137 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4138 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4139
4140 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4141 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4142 TO_CHARPOS. */
4143
4144 void
4145 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4146 struct it *it;
4147 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4148 int op;
4149 {
4150 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4151 int line_height;
4152
4153 while (1)
4154 {
4155 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4156 {
4157 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4158 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4159 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4160 {
4161 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4162 break;
4163 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4164 }
4165 else
4166 {
4167 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4168 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4169 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4170
4171 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4172 break;
4173 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4174 {
4175 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4176 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4177 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4178 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4179 break;
4180 }
4181 }
4182 }
4183 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4184 {
4185 struct it it_backup;
4186 int done_p;
4187
4188 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4189 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4190 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4191 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4192 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4193 TO_X.
4194
4195 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4196 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4197 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4198 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4199 to happen. */
4200 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4201 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4202 ? to_x : 0),
4203 (MOVE_TO_X
4204 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4205
4206 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4207 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4208 break;
4209
4210 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4211 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4212 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4213 the line. */
4214 done_p = 0;
4215 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4216 {
4217 it_backup = *it;
4218 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4219 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4220 }
4221
4222 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4223 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4224
4225 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4226 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4227 {
4228 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4229 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4230 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4231 to the ones before skipping. */
4232 *it = it_backup;
4233 done_p = 1;
4234 }
4235 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4236 {
4237 skip = skip2;
4238 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4239 done_p = 1;
4240 }
4241
4242 if (done_p)
4243 break;
4244 }
4245 else
4246 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4247
4248 switch (skip)
4249 {
4250 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4251 return;
4252
4253 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4254 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4255 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4256 break;
4257
4258 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4259 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4260 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4261 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4262 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4263 goto out;
4264 break;
4265
4266 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4267 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4268 break;
4269
4270 default:
4271 abort ();
4272 }
4273
4274 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4275 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4276 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4277 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4278 ++it->vpos;
4279 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4280 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4281 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4282 }
4283 out:;
4284 }
4285
4286
4287 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4288
4289 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4290 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4291 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4292 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4293 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4294
4295 void
4296 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4297 struct it *it;
4298 int dy;
4299 {
4300 int nlines, h, line_height;
4301 struct it it2;
4302 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4303
4304 xassert (dy >= 0);
4305
4306 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4307 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4308
4309 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4310 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4311 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4312
4313 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4314 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4315 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4316 use reseat_1 here. */
4317 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4318
4319 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
4320 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4321
4322 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
4323 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
4324 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
4325 y-distance. */
4326 it2 = *it;
4327 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
4328 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
4329 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4330 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4331 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
4332 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4333 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4334 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
4335 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
4336
4337 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
4338 it->vpos -= nlines;
4339 it->current_y -= h;
4340
4341 if (dy == 0)
4342 {
4343 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
4344 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
4345 if (nlines > 0)
4346 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
4347 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
4348 }
4349 else if (nlines)
4350 {
4351 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
4352 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
4353 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
4354
4355 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
4356 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
4357 if (target_y < it->current_y
4358 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4359 {
4360 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
4361 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4362 }
4363 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
4364 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
4365 {
4366 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
4367 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4368 }
4369 }
4370 }
4371
4372
4373 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
4374 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
4375 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
4376
4377 void
4378 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
4379 struct it *it;
4380 int dy;
4381 {
4382 if (dy <= 0)
4383 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
4384 else if (dy > 0)
4385 {
4386 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
4387 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
4388
4389 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
4390 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
4391 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
4392 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
4393 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
4394 }
4395 }
4396
4397
4398 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
4399 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
4400 property lookup. */
4401
4402 static int
4403 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
4404 struct it *it;
4405 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
4406 {
4407 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
4408 int invisible_found_p;
4409
4410 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
4411
4412 /* Is text at START invisible? */
4413 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
4414 it->window);
4415 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
4416 invisible_found_p = 1;
4417 else
4418 {
4419 limit = next_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
4420 Qinvisible, Qnil,
4421 make_number (end_charpos));
4422 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
4423 }
4424
4425 return invisible_found_p;
4426 }
4427
4428
4429 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
4430 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
4431 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
4432 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
4433
4434 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
4435 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
4436 truncate-lines nil. */
4437
4438 void
4439 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
4440 struct it *it;
4441 int dvpos, need_y_p;
4442 {
4443 struct position pos;
4444
4445 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4446 {
4447 struct text_pos textpos;
4448
4449 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
4450 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
4451 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
4452 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
4453 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
4454 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
4455 }
4456 else if (dvpos == 0)
4457 {
4458 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
4459 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
4460 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
4461 }
4462 else if (dvpos > 0)
4463 {
4464 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4465 selective display, try the simple method of moving forward
4466 DVPOS newlines, then see where we are. */
4467 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4468 {
4469 int shortage = 0, charpos;
4470
4471 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == '\n'))
4472 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1;
4473 else
4474 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', IT_CHARPOS (*it), 0, dvpos,
4475 &shortage, 0);
4476
4477 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, IT_CHARPOS (*it), charpos))
4478 {
4479 struct text_pos pos;
4480 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4481 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4482 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4483 it->vpos += dvpos - shortage;
4484 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4485 return;
4486 }
4487 }
4488
4489 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4490 }
4491 else
4492 {
4493 struct it it2;
4494 int start_charpos, i;
4495
4496 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4497 selective display, try the simple method of moving backward
4498 -DVPOS newlines. */
4499 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4500 {
4501 int shortage;
4502 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4503 int bytepos = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4504
4505 /* If in the middle of a line, go to its start. */
4506 if (charpos > BEGV && FETCH_BYTE (bytepos - 1) != '\n')
4507 {
4508 charpos = find_next_newline_no_quit (charpos, -1);
4509 bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4510 }
4511
4512 if (charpos == BEGV)
4513 {
4514 struct text_pos pos;
4515 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4516 BYTEPOS (pos) = bytepos;
4517 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4518 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4519 return;
4520 }
4521 else
4522 {
4523 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', charpos - 1, 0, dvpos, &shortage, 0);
4524 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, charpos, IT_CHARPOS (*it)))
4525 {
4526 struct text_pos pos;
4527 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4528 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4529 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4530 it->vpos += dvpos + (shortage ? shortage - 1 : 0);
4531 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4532 return;
4533 }
4534 }
4535 }
4536
4537 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
4538 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4539 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
4540 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4541 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4542 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4543
4544 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
4545 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
4546 it2 = *it;
4547 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
4548 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4549 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
4550 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
4551 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4552
4553 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
4554 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
4555 {
4556 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
4557 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4558 }
4559 }
4560 }
4561
4562
4563 \f
4564 /***********************************************************************
4565 Messages
4566 ***********************************************************************/
4567
4568
4569 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
4570 to *Messages*. */
4571
4572 void
4573 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
4574 char *format;
4575 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
4576 {
4577 Lisp_Object args[3];
4578 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
4579 char *buffer;
4580 int len;
4581 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4582
4583 fmt = msg = Qnil;
4584 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
4585
4586 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
4587 args[1] = arg1;
4588 args[2] = arg2;
4589 msg = Fformat (make_number (3), args);
4590
4591 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
4592 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
4593 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
4594
4595 message_dolog (buffer, len, 1, 0);
4596 UNGCPRO;
4597 }
4598
4599
4600 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
4601
4602 void
4603 message_log_maybe_newline ()
4604 {
4605 if (message_log_need_newline)
4606 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
4607 }
4608
4609
4610 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
4611 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
4612 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
4613 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
4614 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
4615
4616 void
4617 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
4618 char *m;
4619 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
4620 {
4621 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
4622 {
4623 struct buffer *oldbuf;
4624 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
4625 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
4626 int point_at_end = 0;
4627 int zv_at_end = 0;
4628 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
4629 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4630
4631 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
4632 oldbuf = current_buffer;
4633 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (build_string ("*Messages*")));
4634 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
4635
4636 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
4637 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
4638 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
4639 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
4640
4641 if (PT == Z)
4642 point_at_end = 1;
4643 if (ZV == Z)
4644 zv_at_end = 1;
4645
4646 BEGV = BEG;
4647 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
4648 ZV = Z;
4649 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4650 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4651
4652 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
4653 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
4654 if (multibyte
4655 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4656 {
4657 int i, c, nbytes;
4658 unsigned char work[1];
4659
4660 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
4661 for the *Message* buffer. */
4662 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
4663 {
4664 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
4665 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
4666 ? c
4667 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
4668 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
4669 }
4670 }
4671 else if (! multibyte
4672 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4673 {
4674 int i, c, nbytes;
4675 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
4676 unsigned char *str, work[4];
4677 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
4678 for the *Message* buffer. */
4679 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4680 {
4681 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
4682 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, work, str);
4683 insert_1_both (work, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
4684 }
4685 }
4686 else if (len)
4687 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
4688
4689 if (nlflag)
4690 {
4691 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
4692 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
4693
4694 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4695 this_bol = PT;
4696 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4697
4698 if (this_bol > BEG)
4699 {
4700 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4701 prev_bol = PT;
4702 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4703
4704 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4705 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
4706 if (dup)
4707 {
4708 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4709 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
4710 if (dup > 1)
4711 {
4712 char dupstr[40];
4713 int duplen;
4714
4715 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
4716 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
4717 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
4718 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
4719 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
4720 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
4721 }
4722 }
4723 }
4724
4725 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
4726 {
4727 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
4728 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
4729 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
4730 }
4731 }
4732 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
4733 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
4734
4735 if (zv_at_end)
4736 {
4737 ZV = Z;
4738 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4739 }
4740 else
4741 {
4742 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
4743 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
4744 }
4745
4746 if (point_at_end)
4747 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4748 else
4749 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
4750 Lisp code. */
4751 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
4752 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
4753
4754 UNGCPRO;
4755 free_marker (oldpoint);
4756 free_marker (oldbegv);
4757 free_marker (oldzv);
4758
4759 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
4760 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
4761 if (NILP (tem))
4762 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
4763 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
4764 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
4765 }
4766 }
4767
4768
4769 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
4770 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
4771 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
4772 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
4773 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
4774
4775 static int
4776 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
4777 int prev_bol, this_bol;
4778 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
4779 {
4780 int i;
4781 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
4782 int seen_dots = 0;
4783 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
4784 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
4785
4786 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4787 {
4788 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.'
4789 && p1[i] != '\n')
4790 seen_dots = 1;
4791 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
4792 return seen_dots;
4793 }
4794 p1 += len;
4795 if (*p1 == '\n')
4796 return 2;
4797 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
4798 {
4799 int n = 0;
4800 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
4801 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
4802 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
4803 return n+1;
4804 }
4805 return 0;
4806 }
4807
4808
4809 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
4810 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
4811 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4812
4813 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4814 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
4815 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
4816 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
4817
4818 void
4819 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
4820 char *m;
4821 int len;
4822 int multibyte;
4823 {
4824 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4825 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4826 if (m)
4827 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
4828 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
4829 }
4830
4831
4832 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
4833
4834 void
4835 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
4836 char *m;
4837 int len;
4838 {
4839 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
4840 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
4841
4842 if (noninteractive)
4843 {
4844 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4845 putc ('\n', stderr);
4846 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4847 if (m)
4848 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
4849 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4850 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4851 fflush (stderr);
4852 }
4853 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4854 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4855 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4856 else if (INTERACTIVE
4857 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
4858 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
4859 {
4860 Lisp_Object mini_window;
4861 struct frame *f;
4862
4863 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4864 that the selected frame is using. */
4865 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
4866 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4867
4868 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
4869 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
4870 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
4871 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4872
4873 if (m)
4874 {
4875 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
4876 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
4877 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4878 }
4879 else
4880 clear_message (1, 1);
4881
4882 do_pending_window_change (0);
4883 echo_area_display (1);
4884 do_pending_window_change (0);
4885 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
4886 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
4887 }
4888 }
4889
4890
4891 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
4892 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
4893 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
4894 text show through. */
4895
4896 void
4897 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
4898 Lisp_Object m;
4899 int nbytes;
4900 int multibyte;
4901 {
4902 struct gcpro gcpro1;
4903
4904 GCPRO1 (m);
4905
4906 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4907 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4908 if (STRINGP (m))
4909 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
4910 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
4911
4912 UNGCPRO;
4913 }
4914
4915
4916 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
4917
4918 void
4919 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
4920 Lisp_Object m;
4921 int nbytes, multibyte;
4922 {
4923 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
4924 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
4925
4926 if (noninteractive)
4927 {
4928 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4929 putc ('\n', stderr);
4930 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4931 if (STRINGP (m))
4932 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
4933 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4934 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4935 fflush (stderr);
4936 }
4937 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4938 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4939 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4940 else if (INTERACTIVE
4941 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
4942 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
4943 {
4944 Lisp_Object mini_window;
4945 Lisp_Object frame;
4946 struct frame *f;
4947
4948 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4949 that the selected frame is using. */
4950 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
4951 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
4952 f = XFRAME (frame);
4953
4954 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
4955 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
4956 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
4957 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
4958
4959 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
4960 {
4961 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
4962 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
4963 Fraise_frame (frame);
4964 }
4965 else
4966 clear_message (1, 1);
4967
4968 do_pending_window_change (0);
4969 echo_area_display (1);
4970 do_pending_window_change (0);
4971 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
4972 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
4973 }
4974 }
4975
4976
4977 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
4978 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4979
4980 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4981 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
4982 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
4983 that was alloca'd. */
4984
4985 void
4986 message1 (m)
4987 char *m;
4988 {
4989 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
4990 }
4991
4992
4993 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
4994
4995 void
4996 message1_nolog (m)
4997 char *m;
4998 {
4999 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5000 }
5001
5002 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5003 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5004
5005 void
5006 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5007 char *m;
5008 Lisp_Object string;
5009 int log;
5010 {
5011 if (noninteractive)
5012 {
5013 if (m)
5014 {
5015 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5016 putc ('\n', stderr);
5017 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5018 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5019 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5020 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5021 fflush (stderr);
5022 }
5023 }
5024 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5025 {
5026 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5027 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5028 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5029 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5030 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5031
5032 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5033 that the selected frame is using. */
5034 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5035 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5036
5037 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5038 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5039 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5040 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5041 {
5042 int len;
5043 char *a[1];
5044 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5045
5046 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5047 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5048
5049 if (log)
5050 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5051 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5052 else
5053 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5054 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5055
5056 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5057 buffer next time. */
5058 message_buf_print = 0;
5059 }
5060 }
5061 }
5062
5063
5064 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5065 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5066
5067 /* VARARGS 1 */
5068 void
5069 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5070 char *m;
5071 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5072 {
5073 if (noninteractive)
5074 {
5075 if (m)
5076 {
5077 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5078 putc ('\n', stderr);
5079 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5080 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5081 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5082 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5083 fflush (stderr);
5084 }
5085 }
5086 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5087 {
5088 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5089 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5090 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5091 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5092 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5093
5094 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5095 that the selected frame is using. */
5096 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5097 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5098
5099 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5100 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5101 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5102 it. */
5103 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5104 {
5105 if (m)
5106 {
5107 int len;
5108 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5109 char *a[3];
5110 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5111 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5112 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5113
5114 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5115 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5116 #else
5117 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5118 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5119 (char **) &a1);
5120 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5121
5122 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5123 }
5124 else
5125 message1 (0);
5126
5127 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5128 buffer next time. */
5129 message_buf_print = 0;
5130 }
5131 }
5132 }
5133
5134
5135 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5136
5137 void
5138 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5139 char *m;
5140 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5141 {
5142 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5143 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5144 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5145 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5146 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5147 }
5148
5149
5150 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5151 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5152 critical. */
5153
5154 void
5155 update_echo_area ()
5156 {
5157 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5158 {
5159 Lisp_Object string;
5160 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5161 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5162 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5163 }
5164 }
5165
5166
5167 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5168 aren't, make new ones. */
5169
5170 static void
5171 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5172 {
5173 int i;
5174
5175 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5176 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5177 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5178 {
5179 char name[30];
5180 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5181 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5182 }
5183 }
5184
5185
5186 /* Call FN with args A1..A5 with either the current or last displayed
5187 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5188
5189 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5190 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5191 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5192
5193 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5194 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5195
5196 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5197 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5198 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5199
5200 Value is what FN returns. */
5201
5202 static int
5203 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
5204 struct window *w;
5205 int which;
5206 int (*fn) ();
5207 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5;
5208 {
5209 Lisp_Object buffer;
5210 int i, this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5211 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
5212
5213 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5214 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5215
5216 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5217
5218 if (which == 0)
5219 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5220 else if (which > 0)
5221 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5222 else
5223 {
5224 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5225 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5226
5227 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5228 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5229 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5230 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5231 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5232 }
5233
5234 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5235 have one. */
5236 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5237 {
5238 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5239 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5240 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5241 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5242 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5243 }
5244
5245 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5246
5247 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5248 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5249
5250 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5251 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5252 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5253 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5254 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5255 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5256 aborts. */
5257 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5258 if (w)
5259 {
5260 w->buffer = buffer;
5261 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5262 }
5263 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5264 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5265 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5266
5267 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5268 del_range (BEG, Z);
5269
5270 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5271 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5272
5273 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4, a5);
5274
5275 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5276 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5277
5278 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5279 return rc;
5280 }
5281
5282
5283 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5284 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5285
5286 static Lisp_Object
5287 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5288 struct window *w;
5289 {
5290 int i = 0;
5291 Lisp_Object vector;
5292
5293 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5294 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5295 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5296 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5297
5298 if (NILP (vector))
5299 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5300
5301 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5302 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5303 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5304
5305 if (w)
5306 {
5307 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5308 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5309 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5310 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5311 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5312 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5313 }
5314 else
5315 {
5316 int end = i + 4;
5317 while (i < end)
5318 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5319 }
5320
5321 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5322 return vector;
5323 }
5324
5325
5326 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5327 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5328
5329 static Lisp_Object
5330 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5331 Lisp_Object vector;
5332 {
5333 int i = 0;
5334
5335 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i])); ++i;
5336 Vdeactivate_mark = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5337 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5338
5339 if (WINDOWP (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]))
5340 {
5341 struct window *w;
5342 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5343
5344 w = XWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5345 buffer = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5346 charpos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5347 bytepos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5348
5349 w->buffer = buffer;
5350 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5351 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
5352 }
5353
5354 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
5355 return Qnil;
5356 }
5357
5358
5359 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
5360 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
5361
5362 void
5363 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
5364 int multibyte_p;
5365 {
5366 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5367
5368 if (!message_buf_print)
5369 {
5370 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
5371 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
5372 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
5373 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
5374 else
5375 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
5376
5377 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
5378 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5379 if (Z > BEG)
5380 del_range (BEG, Z);
5381 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5382
5383 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
5384 if (multibyte_p
5385 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5386 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
5387
5388 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
5389 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5390 {
5391 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5392 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5393 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5394 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5395 }
5396
5397 message_buf_print = 1;
5398 }
5399 else if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5400 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
5401 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5402 }
5403
5404
5405 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
5406 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
5407 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
5408 display the current message. */
5409
5410 static int
5411 display_echo_area (w)
5412 struct window *w;
5413 {
5414 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p;
5415
5416 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
5417 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
5418 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
5419 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
5420 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
5421 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
5422
5423 window_height_changed_p
5424 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
5425 (int (*) ()) display_echo_area_1, w);
5426
5427 if (no_message_p)
5428 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
5429
5430 return window_height_changed_p;
5431 }
5432
5433
5434 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
5435 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window.
5436 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
5437 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
5438
5439 static int
5440 display_echo_area_1 (w)
5441 struct window *w;
5442 {
5443 Lisp_Object window;
5444 struct text_pos start;
5445 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5446
5447 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
5448 matrix for the display. */
5449 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
5450
5451 /* Display. */
5452 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
5453 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
5454 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5455 try_window (window, start);
5456
5457 return window_height_changed_p;
5458 }
5459
5460
5461 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
5462 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
5463
5464 void
5465 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
5466 {
5467 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
5468 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
5469 {
5470 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
5471 int resized_p;
5472
5473 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0,
5474 (int (*) ()) resize_mini_window,
5475 w, 1);
5476 if (resized_p)
5477 {
5478 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5479 ++update_mode_lines;
5480 redisplay_internal (0);
5481 }
5482 }
5483 }
5484
5485
5486 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
5487 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
5488 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
5489 the window height has been changed. */
5490
5491 int
5492 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
5493 struct window *w;
5494 int exact_p;
5495 {
5496 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5497 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5498
5499 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
5500
5501 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
5502 if (NILP (Vmax_mini_window_height)
5503 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
5504 return 0;
5505
5506 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
5507 {
5508 struct it it;
5509 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
5510 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
5511 int height, max_height;
5512 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5513 struct text_pos start;
5514
5515 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5516
5517 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
5518 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5519 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
5520 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5521 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
5522 else
5523 max_height = total_height / 4;
5524
5525 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
5526 max_height = max (1, max_height);
5527 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
5528
5529 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
5530 last_height = 0;
5531 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5532 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
5533 height = it.current_y + last_height;
5534 else
5535 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
5536 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
5537
5538 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
5539 if (height > max_height)
5540 {
5541 height = max_height;
5542 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5543 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
5544 start = it.current.pos;
5545 }
5546 else
5547 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
5548 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
5549
5550 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
5551 case the window shrinks again. */
5552 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
5553 {
5554 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
5555 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
5556 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
5557 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
5558 }
5559 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
5560 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
5561 {
5562 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
5563 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
5564 shrink_mini_window (w);
5565 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
5566 }
5567 }
5568
5569 return window_height_changed_p;
5570 }
5571
5572
5573 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
5574 current message. */
5575
5576 Lisp_Object
5577 current_message ()
5578 {
5579 Lisp_Object msg;
5580
5581 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5582 msg = Qnil;
5583 else
5584 {
5585 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) current_message_1, &msg);
5586 if (NILP (msg))
5587 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5588 }
5589
5590 return msg;
5591 }
5592
5593
5594 static int
5595 current_message_1 (msg)
5596 Lisp_Object *msg;
5597 {
5598 if (Z > BEG)
5599 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
5600 else
5601 *msg = Qnil;
5602 return 0;
5603 }
5604
5605
5606 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
5607 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
5608 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
5609 worth optimizing. */
5610
5611 int
5612 push_message ()
5613 {
5614 Lisp_Object msg;
5615 msg = current_message ();
5616 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
5617 return STRINGP (msg);
5618 }
5619
5620
5621 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
5622
5623 void
5624 restore_message ()
5625 {
5626 Lisp_Object msg;
5627
5628 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5629 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
5630 if (STRINGP (msg))
5631 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
5632 else
5633 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
5634 }
5635
5636
5637 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
5638
5639 void
5640 pop_message ()
5641 {
5642 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5643 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
5644 }
5645
5646
5647 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
5648 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
5649 somewhere. */
5650
5651 void
5652 check_message_stack ()
5653 {
5654 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
5655 abort ();
5656 }
5657
5658
5659 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
5660 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
5661
5662 void
5663 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
5664 int nchars;
5665 {
5666 if (nchars == 0)
5667 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5668 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5669 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5670 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5671 else if (!noninteractive
5672 && INTERACTIVE
5673 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5674 {
5675 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5676 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5677 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) truncate_message_1, nchars);
5678 }
5679 }
5680
5681
5682 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
5683 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
5684
5685 static int
5686 truncate_message_1 (nchars)
5687 int nchars;
5688 {
5689 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
5690 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
5691 if (Z == BEG)
5692 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5693 return 0;
5694 }
5695
5696
5697 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
5698
5699 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
5700 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
5701 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
5702
5703 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
5704 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
5705 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
5706
5707 void
5708 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5709 char *s;
5710 Lisp_Object string;
5711 int nbytes;
5712 {
5713 message_enable_multibyte
5714 = ((s && multibyte_p)
5715 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
5716
5717 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, (int (*) ()) set_message_1,
5718 s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
5719 message_buf_print = 0;
5720 }
5721
5722
5723 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
5724 as there. This function is called with the echo area buffer being
5725 current. */
5726
5727 static int
5728 set_message_1 (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5729 char *s;
5730 Lisp_Object string;
5731 int nbytes, multibyte_p;
5732 {
5733 xassert (BEG == Z);
5734
5735 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
5736 if (message_enable_multibyte
5737 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5738 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
5739
5740 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
5741 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5742
5743 if (STRINGP (string))
5744 {
5745 int nchars;
5746
5747 if (nbytes == 0)
5748 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
5749 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
5750
5751 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
5752 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
5753 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
5754 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
5755 }
5756 else if (s)
5757 {
5758 if (nbytes == 0)
5759 nbytes = strlen (s);
5760
5761 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5762 {
5763 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
5764 int i, c, n;
5765 unsigned char work[1];
5766
5767 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
5768 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
5769 {
5770 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
5771 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5772 ? c
5773 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5774 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5775 }
5776 }
5777 else if (!multibyte_p
5778 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5779 {
5780 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
5781 int i, c, n;
5782 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
5783 unsigned char *str, work[4];
5784
5785 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
5786 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5787 {
5788 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5789 n = CHAR_STRING (c, work, str);
5790 insert_1_both (work, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
5791 }
5792 }
5793 else
5794 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5795 }
5796
5797 return 0;
5798 }
5799
5800
5801 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
5802 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
5803 last displayed. */
5804
5805 void
5806 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
5807 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
5808 {
5809 if (current_p)
5810 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5811
5812 if (last_displayed_p)
5813 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
5814
5815 message_buf_print = 0;
5816 }
5817
5818 /* Clear garbaged frames.
5819
5820 This function is used where the old redisplay called
5821 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
5822 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
5823 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
5824 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
5825 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
5826
5827 static void
5828 clear_garbaged_frames ()
5829 {
5830 if (frame_garbaged)
5831 {
5832 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
5833
5834 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
5835 {
5836 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5837
5838 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5839 {
5840 clear_current_matrices (f);
5841 f->garbaged = 0;
5842 }
5843 }
5844
5845 frame_garbaged = 0;
5846 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5847 }
5848 }
5849
5850
5851 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
5852 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
5853 mini-windows height has been changed. */
5854
5855 static int
5856 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
5857 int update_frame_p;
5858 {
5859 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5860 struct window *w;
5861 struct frame *f;
5862 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5863 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5864
5865 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5866 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
5867 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5868
5869 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
5870 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
5871 return 0;
5872
5873 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
5874 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
5875 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
5876 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
5877 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
5878 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
5879 return 0;
5880 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
5881
5882 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
5883 if (frame_garbaged)
5884 clear_garbaged_frames ();
5885
5886 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
5887 {
5888 echo_area_window = mini_window;
5889 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
5890 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
5891
5892 if (update_frame_p)
5893 {
5894 /* Not called from redisplay_internal. If we changed
5895 window configuration, we must redisplay thoroughly.
5896 Otherwise, we can do with updating what we displayed
5897 above. */
5898 if (window_height_changed_p)
5899 {
5900 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5901 ++update_mode_lines;
5902 redisplay_internal (0);
5903 }
5904 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
5905 {
5906 update_single_window (w, 1);
5907 rif->flush_display (f);
5908 }
5909 else
5910 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
5911 }
5912 }
5913 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
5914 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
5915
5916 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
5917 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
5918
5919 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
5920 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
5921 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
5922 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
5923 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
5924
5925 return window_height_changed_p;
5926 }
5927
5928
5929 \f
5930 /***********************************************************************
5931 Frame Titles
5932 ***********************************************************************/
5933
5934
5935 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
5936
5937 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
5938 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
5939
5940 static char *frame_title_buf;
5941
5942 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
5943
5944 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
5945 static char *frame_title_ptr;
5946
5947
5948 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
5949 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
5950
5951 static void
5952 store_frame_title_char (c)
5953 char c;
5954 {
5955 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
5956 double the buffer's size. */
5957 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
5958 {
5959 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
5960 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
5961 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
5962 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
5963 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
5964 }
5965
5966 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
5967 }
5968
5969
5970 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
5971 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
5972 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
5973 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
5974 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
5975 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
5976 title. */
5977
5978 static int
5979 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
5980 unsigned char *str;
5981 int field_width, precision;
5982 {
5983 int n = 0;
5984
5985 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
5986 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
5987 && *str)
5988 {
5989 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
5990 ++n;
5991 }
5992
5993 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
5994 while (field_width > 0
5995 && n < field_width)
5996 {
5997 store_frame_title_char (' ');
5998 ++n;
5999 }
6000
6001 return n;
6002 }
6003
6004
6005 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6006 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6007 frame_title_format. */
6008
6009 static void
6010 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6011 Lisp_Object frame;
6012 {
6013 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6014
6015 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6016 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6017 || f->explicit_name)
6018 {
6019 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6020 Lisp_Object tail;
6021 Lisp_Object fmt;
6022 struct buffer *obuf;
6023 int len;
6024 struct it it;
6025
6026 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6027 {
6028 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6029
6030 if (tf != f
6031 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6032 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6033 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6034 break;
6035 }
6036
6037 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6038 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6039
6040 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6041 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6042 then display the title. */
6043 obuf = current_buffer;
6044 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6045 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6046 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6047 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6048 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6049 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6050 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6051 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6052
6053 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6054 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6055 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6056 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6057 higher level than this.) */
6058 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6059 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6060 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6061 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6062 }
6063 }
6064
6065 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6066
6067 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6068 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6069
6070 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6071
6072
6073
6074 \f
6075 /***********************************************************************
6076 Menu Bars
6077 ***********************************************************************/
6078
6079
6080 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6081 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6082
6083 void
6084 prepare_menu_bars ()
6085 {
6086 int all_windows;
6087 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6088 struct frame *f;
6089 struct frame *tooltip_frame;
6090
6091 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6092 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6093 #else
6094 tooltip_frame = NULL;
6095 #endif
6096
6097 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6098 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6099 up-to-date frame titles. */
6100 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6101 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6102 {
6103 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6104
6105 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6106 {
6107 f = XFRAME (frame);
6108 if (f != tooltip_frame
6109 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6110 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6111 }
6112 }
6113 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6114
6115 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6116 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6117 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6118 || buffer_shared > 1
6119 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6120 if (all_windows)
6121 {
6122 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6123 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6124
6125 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6126
6127 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6128 {
6129 f = XFRAME (frame);
6130
6131 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6132 if (f == tooltip_frame)
6133 continue;
6134
6135 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6136 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6137 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6138 {
6139 Lisp_Object functions;
6140
6141 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6142 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6143 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6144 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6145
6146 while (CONSP (functions))
6147 {
6148 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6149 functions = XCDR (functions);
6150 }
6151 UNGCPRO;
6152 }
6153
6154 GCPRO1 (tail);
6155 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6156 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6157 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6158 #endif
6159 UNGCPRO;
6160 }
6161
6162 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6163 }
6164 else
6165 {
6166 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6167 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6168 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6169 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6170 #endif
6171 }
6172
6173 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6174 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6175 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6176 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6177 #endif
6178 }
6179
6180
6181 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6182 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6183 eval.
6184
6185 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6186
6187 static void
6188 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6189 struct frame *f;
6190 int save_match_data;
6191 {
6192 Lisp_Object window;
6193 register struct window *w;
6194
6195 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6196 w = XWINDOW (window);
6197
6198 if (update_mode_lines)
6199 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6200
6201 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6202 ?
6203 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6204 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6205 #else
6206 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6207 #endif
6208 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6209 {
6210 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6211 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6212 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6213 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6214 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6215 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6216 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6217 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6218 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6219 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6220 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6221 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6222 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6223 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6224 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6225 {
6226 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6227 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6228
6229 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6230 if (save_match_data)
6231 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6232 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6233 {
6234 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6235 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6236 }
6237
6238 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
6239 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
6240
6241 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
6242 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
6243 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
6244 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
6245
6246 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
6247 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
6248
6249 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
6250 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6251 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
6252 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
6253 else
6254 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6255 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6256 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6257 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6258 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6259 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6260 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6261 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6262
6263 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6264 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6265 }
6266 }
6267 }
6268
6269
6270 \f
6271 /***********************************************************************
6272 Tool-bars
6273 ***********************************************************************/
6274
6275 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6276
6277 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6278 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
6279 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
6280 and restore it here. */
6281
6282 static void
6283 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
6284 struct frame *f;
6285 int save_match_data;
6286 {
6287 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6288 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
6289 {
6290 Lisp_Object window;
6291 struct window *w;
6292
6293 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6294 w = XWINDOW (window);
6295
6296 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6297 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6298 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6299 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6300 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6301 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6302 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6303 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6304 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6305 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6306 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6307 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6308 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6309 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6310 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6311 {
6312 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6313 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6314
6315 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
6316 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
6317 keymaps. */
6318 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6319
6320 /* Save match data, if we must. */
6321 if (save_match_data)
6322 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6323
6324 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
6325 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6326 {
6327 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6328 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6329 }
6330
6331 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
6332 f->desired_tool_bar_items
6333 = tool_bar_items (f->desired_tool_bar_items,
6334 &f->n_desired_tool_bar_items);
6335
6336 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
6337 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6338
6339 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6340 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6341 }
6342 }
6343 }
6344
6345
6346 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
6347 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->desired_tool_bar_items must have
6348 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
6349
6350 static void
6351 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
6352 struct frame *f;
6353 {
6354 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
6355 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
6356 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
6357
6358 image = plist = props = Qnil;
6359 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
6360
6361 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
6362 Otherwise, make a new string. */
6363
6364 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
6365 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
6366 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
6367 : 0);
6368
6369 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
6370 and there is a space at the end. */
6371 size_needed = f->n_desired_tool_bar_items + 1;
6372
6373 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
6374 if (size < size_needed)
6375 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed), ' ');
6376 else
6377 {
6378 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
6379 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
6380 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6381 }
6382
6383 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
6384 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
6385 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
6386 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
6387 i < f->n_desired_tool_bar_items;
6388 ++i, string_idx += 1)
6389 {
6390 #define PROP(IDX) \
6391 (XVECTOR (f->desired_tool_bar_items) \
6392 ->contents[i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)])
6393
6394 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
6395 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
6396 int margin, relief;
6397 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
6398 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
6399
6400 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
6401 button state. */
6402 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
6403 if (VECTORP (image))
6404 {
6405 enum tool_bar_item_image idx;
6406
6407 if (enabled_p)
6408 idx = (selected_p
6409 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
6410 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
6411 else
6412 idx = (selected_p
6413 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
6414 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
6415
6416 xassert (XVECTOR (image)->size >= idx);
6417 image = XVECTOR (image)->contents[idx];
6418 }
6419
6420 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
6421 if (!valid_image_p (image))
6422 continue;
6423
6424 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
6425 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
6426
6427 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
6428 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
6429 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
6430
6431 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
6432 {
6433 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
6434 selected. */
6435 if (selected_p)
6436 {
6437 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
6438 margin -= relief;
6439 }
6440 }
6441 else
6442 {
6443 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
6444 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
6445 raised relief. */
6446 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
6447 (selected_p
6448 ? make_number (-relief)
6449 : make_number (relief)));
6450 margin -= relief;
6451 }
6452
6453 /* Put a margin around the image. */
6454 if (margin)
6455 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
6456
6457 /* If button is not enabled, make the image appear disabled by
6458 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
6459 if (!enabled_p)
6460 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qlaplace);
6461
6462 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
6463 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
6464 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
6465 vector. */
6466 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
6467 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
6468 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
6469 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
6470 make_number (string_idx + 1),
6471 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6472 #undef PROP
6473 }
6474
6475 UNGCPRO;
6476 }
6477
6478
6479 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
6480
6481 static void
6482 display_tool_bar_line (it)
6483 struct it *it;
6484 {
6485 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
6486 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
6487 struct glyph *last;
6488
6489 prepare_desired_row (row);
6490 row->y = it->current_y;
6491
6492 while (it->current_x < max_x)
6493 {
6494 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
6495
6496 /* Get the next display element. */
6497 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
6498 break;
6499
6500 /* Produce glyphs. */
6501 x_before = it->current_x;
6502 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6503 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
6504
6505 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
6506 i = 0;
6507 x = x_before;
6508 while (i < nglyphs)
6509 {
6510 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
6511
6512 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
6513 {
6514 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
6515 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
6516 it->current_x = x;
6517 goto out;
6518 }
6519
6520 ++it->hpos;
6521 x += glyph->pixel_width;
6522 ++i;
6523 }
6524
6525 /* Stop at line ends. */
6526 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
6527 break;
6528
6529 set_iterator_to_next (it);
6530 }
6531
6532 out:;
6533
6534 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
6535 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
6536 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
6537 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
6538 compute_line_metrics (it);
6539
6540 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
6541 if (!row->displays_text_p)
6542 {
6543 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
6544 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
6545 }
6546
6547 row->full_width_p = 1;
6548 row->continued_p = 0;
6549 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
6550 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
6551
6552 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
6553 it->current_y += row->height;
6554 ++it->vpos;
6555 ++it->glyph_row;
6556 }
6557
6558
6559 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
6560 items of frame F visible. */
6561
6562 static int
6563 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
6564 struct frame *f;
6565 {
6566 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
6567 struct it it;
6568
6569 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
6570 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
6571 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6572 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6573 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6574 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6575
6576 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
6577 {
6578 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
6579 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
6580 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6581 }
6582
6583 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6584 }
6585
6586
6587 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
6588 height should be changed. */
6589
6590 static int
6591 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
6592 struct frame *f;
6593 {
6594 struct window *w;
6595 struct it it;
6596 struct glyph_row *row;
6597 int change_height_p = 0;
6598
6599 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
6600 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
6601 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
6602 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
6603 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6604 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
6605 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
6606 return 0;
6607
6608 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
6609 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6610 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6611 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6612 row = it.glyph_row;
6613
6614 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
6615 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
6616 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6617
6618 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
6619 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
6620 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6621
6622 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
6623 window, so don't do it. */
6624 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
6625 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6626
6627 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
6628 {
6629 int nlines;
6630
6631 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
6632 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
6633 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
6634 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
6635 if (!row->displays_text_p
6636 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
6637 change_height_p = 1;
6638
6639 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
6640 change the tool-bar's height. */
6641 if (row->displays_text_p
6642 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
6643 change_height_p = 1;
6644
6645 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
6646 frame parameter. */
6647 if (change_height_p
6648 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
6649 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
6650 {
6651 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
6652 Lisp_Object frame;
6653
6654 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6655 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6656 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
6657 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
6658 make_number (nlines)),
6659 Qnil));
6660 fonts_changed_p = 1;
6661 }
6662 }
6663
6664 return change_height_p;
6665 }
6666
6667
6668 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
6669 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
6670 properties start in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
6671 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
6672
6673 int
6674 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
6675 struct frame *f;
6676 struct glyph *glyph;
6677 int *prop_idx;
6678 {
6679 Lisp_Object prop;
6680 int success_p;
6681
6682 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
6683 property is the start index of this item's properties in
6684 F->current_tool_bar_items. */
6685 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6686 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
6687 if (INTEGERP (prop))
6688 {
6689 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
6690 success_p = 1;
6691 }
6692 else
6693 success_p = 0;
6694
6695 return success_p;
6696 }
6697
6698 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6699
6700
6701 \f
6702 /************************************************************************
6703 Horizontal scrolling
6704 ************************************************************************/
6705
6706 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6707 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6708
6709 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
6710 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
6711 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
6712 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
6713 changed. */
6714
6715 static int
6716 hscroll_window_tree (window)
6717 Lisp_Object window;
6718 {
6719 int hscrolled_p = 0;
6720
6721 while (WINDOWP (window))
6722 {
6723 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
6724
6725 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
6726 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
6727 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
6728 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
6729 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
6730 {
6731 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
6732 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
6733 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
6734 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
6735 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
6736 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
6737 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
6738 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
6739 ? desired_cursor_row
6740 : current_cursor_row);
6741
6742 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
6743 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
6744
6745 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
6746 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
6747
6748 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
6749 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
6750 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
6751 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
6752 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
6753 {
6754 struct it it;
6755 int hscroll;
6756 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
6757 int pt;
6758
6759 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
6760 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6761 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6762
6763 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
6764 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
6765 else
6766 {
6767 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
6768 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
6769 pt = min (ZV, pt);
6770 }
6771
6772 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
6773 a line with infinite width. */
6774 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
6775 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
6776 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6777 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
6778
6779 /* Center cursor in window. */
6780 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
6781 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
6782
6783 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
6784 changed because it will prevent redisplay
6785 optimizations. */
6786 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
6787 {
6788 Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_number (hscroll));
6789 hscrolled_p = 1;
6790 }
6791 }
6792 }
6793
6794 window = w->next;
6795 }
6796
6797 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
6798 return hscrolled_p;
6799 }
6800
6801
6802 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
6803 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
6804 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
6805 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
6806 of WINDOW are cleared. */
6807
6808 static int
6809 hscroll_windows (window)
6810 Lisp_Object window;
6811 {
6812 int hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
6813 if (hscrolled_p)
6814 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
6815 return hscrolled_p;
6816 }
6817
6818
6819 \f
6820 /************************************************************************
6821 Redisplay
6822 ************************************************************************/
6823
6824 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
6825 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
6826 session. */
6827
6828 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
6829
6830 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
6831
6832 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
6833 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
6834
6835 /* Delta vpos and y. */
6836
6837 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
6838
6839 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
6840
6841 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
6842
6843 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
6844 try_window_id. */
6845
6846 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
6847
6848 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
6849 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
6850 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
6851 resulting string to stderr. */
6852
6853 static void
6854 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
6855 struct window *w;
6856 char *fmt;
6857 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
6858 {
6859 char buffer[512];
6860 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
6861 int len = strlen (method);
6862 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
6863 int remaining = size - len - 1;
6864
6865 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
6866 if (len && remaining)
6867 {
6868 method[len] = '|';
6869 --remaining, ++len;
6870 }
6871
6872 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
6873
6874 if (trace_redisplay_p)
6875 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
6876 w,
6877 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
6878 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
6879 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
6880 : "no buffer"),
6881 buffer);
6882 }
6883
6884 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
6885
6886
6887 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
6888 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
6889 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
6890 cleared. */
6891
6892 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
6893 static int clear_face_cache_count;
6894
6895 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
6896
6897 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
6898
6899 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
6900
6901 int redisplaying_p;
6902
6903
6904 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
6905 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
6906 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
6907 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
6908
6909 static INLINE int
6910 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
6911 struct window *w;
6912 int start, end;
6913 {
6914 int unchanged_p = 1;
6915
6916 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
6917 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
6918 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
6919 {
6920 /* Gap in the line? */
6921 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
6922 unchanged_p = 0;
6923
6924 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
6925 if (unchanged_p
6926 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
6927 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
6928 unchanged_p = 0;
6929
6930 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
6931 beginning of the line. */
6932 if (unchanged_p
6933 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
6934 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
6935 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
6936 unchanged_p = 0;
6937 }
6938
6939 return unchanged_p;
6940 }
6941
6942
6943 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
6944 the main external entry point for redisplay.
6945
6946 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
6947 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
6948 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
6949
6950 void
6951 redisplay ()
6952 {
6953 redisplay_internal (0);
6954 }
6955
6956
6957 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
6958 in window W. */
6959
6960 static INLINE void
6961 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
6962 struct window *w;
6963 struct buffer *b;
6964 {
6965 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
6966 b->clip_changed = 1;
6967 else if (b->clip_changed
6968 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
6969 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
6970 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
6971 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
6972 b->clip_changed = 0;
6973 }
6974
6975
6976 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
6977 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
6978 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
6979 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
6980 causes some problems. */
6981
6982 static void
6983 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
6984 int preserve_echo_area;
6985 {
6986 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
6987 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6988 int pause;
6989 int must_finish = 0;
6990 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
6991 int number_of_visible_frames;
6992 int count;
6993 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6994
6995 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
6996 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
6997 int consider_all_windows_p;
6998
6999 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7000
7001 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7002 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7003 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7004 if (noninteractive
7005 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7006 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7007 return;
7008
7009 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7010 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7011 update necessary. */
7012 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7013 {
7014 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7015 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7016 return;
7017 }
7018
7019 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7020 if (popup_activated ())
7021 return;
7022 #endif
7023
7024 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7025 if (redisplaying_p)
7026 return;
7027
7028 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7029 when we leave this function. */
7030 count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
7031 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7032 ++redisplaying_p;
7033
7034 retry:
7035
7036 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7037
7038 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7039 necessary, do it. */
7040 if (fonts_changed_p)
7041 {
7042 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7043 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7044 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7045 }
7046
7047 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7048 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7049 {
7050 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7051 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7052 thing. */
7053 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7054 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7055 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7056 }
7057 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7058
7059 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7060 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7061 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7062 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7063 {
7064 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7065
7066 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
7067
7068 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7069 {
7070 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7071
7072 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
7073 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
7074 ++number_of_visible_frames;
7075 clear_desired_matrices (f);
7076 }
7077 }
7078
7079 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7080 do_pending_window_change (1);
7081
7082 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7083 if (frame_garbaged)
7084 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7085
7086 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7087 prepare_menu_bars ();
7088
7089 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7090 update_mode_lines++;
7091
7092 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7093 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7094 {
7095 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7096 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7097 update_mode_lines++;
7098 }
7099
7100 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7101 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7102 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7103 where no change is needed. */
7104 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7105 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7106 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7107 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7108 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7109
7110 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
7111
7112 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7113 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7114 there. */
7115 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
7116
7117 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7118 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7119 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
7120 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
7121 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7122
7123 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7124 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7125 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
7126 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
7127 the echo area should be cleared. */
7128 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7129 {
7130 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
7131 must_finish = 1;
7132
7133 if (fonts_changed_p)
7134 goto retry;
7135 else if (window_height_changed_p)
7136 {
7137 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7138 ++update_mode_lines;
7139 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7140
7141 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7142 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7143 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7144 if (frame_garbaged)
7145 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7146 }
7147 }
7148 else if (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
7149 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
7150 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7151 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7152 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
7153 {
7154 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
7155 showing if its contents might have changed. */
7156 must_finish = 1;
7157 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7158 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7159 ++update_mode_lines;
7160
7161 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7162 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7163 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7164 if (frame_garbaged)
7165 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7166 }
7167
7168
7169 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
7170 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
7171 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
7172 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7173 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7174 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
7175 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
7176 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
7177 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
7178 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7179
7180 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
7181 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
7182 set in display_line and record information about the line
7183 containing the cursor. */
7184 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
7185 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
7186 if (!consider_all_windows_p
7187 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
7188 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7189 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
7190 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7191 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7192 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
7193 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
7194 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7195 && NILP (w->force_start)
7196 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
7197 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
7198 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7199 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
7200 must be unchanged */
7201 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
7202 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
7203 {
7204 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
7205 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
7206 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
7207 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
7208 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
7209 goto cancel;
7210 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7211 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
7212 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
7213 {
7214 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
7215 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
7216 line 885).
7217
7218 For instance, in the following case:
7219
7220 -------- Insert --------
7221 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
7222 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
7223 ^^ ^^
7224 -------- --------
7225
7226 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
7227
7228 struct it it;
7229 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
7230
7231 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
7232 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
7233 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
7234
7235 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
7236 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
7237 goto cancel;
7238
7239 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
7240 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
7241 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
7242 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7243 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7244 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
7245 display_line (&it);
7246
7247 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
7248 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
7249 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
7250 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
7251 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
7252 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7253 /* Line ends as before. */
7254 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7255 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
7256 would have to be shifted up or down. */
7257 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
7258 {
7259 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
7260 the charstarts of the lines below. */
7261 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7262 {
7263 struct glyph_row *row
7264 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
7265 int delta, delta_bytes;
7266
7267 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
7268 {
7269 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
7270 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
7271 delta = (Z
7272 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7273 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7274 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7275 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7276 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7277 }
7278 else
7279 {
7280 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
7281 account of the newline and the rest of the
7282 text that follows. */
7283 delta = (Z
7284 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7285 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7286 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7287 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7288 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7289 }
7290
7291 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (w->current_matrix,
7292 this_line_vpos + 1,
7293 w->current_matrix->nrows,
7294 delta, delta_bytes);
7295 }
7296
7297 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
7298 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
7299 adjusted. */
7300 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
7301 {
7302 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
7303 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
7304 }
7305 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
7306 && this_line_vpos > 0)
7307 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
7308 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
7309
7310 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
7311 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7312
7313 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7314 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
7315 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
7316 #endif
7317 goto update;
7318 }
7319 else
7320 goto cancel;
7321 }
7322 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
7323 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7324 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
7325 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
7326 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
7327 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
7328 {
7329 if (!must_finish)
7330 {
7331 do_pending_window_change (1);
7332
7333 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
7334 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
7335 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
7336 goto end_of_redisplay;
7337 }
7338 goto update;
7339 }
7340 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
7341 then we can't just move the cursor. */
7342 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7343 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
7344 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7345 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7346 && NILP (w->region_showing)
7347 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
7348 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
7349 {
7350 struct it it;
7351 struct glyph_row *row;
7352
7353 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
7354 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
7355 next visible position. */
7356 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
7357 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7358 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
7359 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7360 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7361
7362 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
7363 moves over before-strings. */
7364 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7365
7366 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
7367 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
7368 row->enabled_p))
7369 {
7370 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
7371 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
7372 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7373 goto update;
7374 }
7375 else
7376 goto cancel;
7377 }
7378
7379 cancel:
7380 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
7381 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
7382 }
7383
7384 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7385 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
7386 ++clear_face_cache_count;
7387
7388
7389 /* Build desired matrices. If consider_all_windows_p is non-zero,
7390 do it for all windows on all frames. Otherwise do it for
7391 selected_window, only. */
7392
7393 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7394 {
7395 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7396
7397 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
7398 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
7399 {
7400 clear_face_cache (0);
7401 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
7402 }
7403
7404 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
7405 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
7406 buffer_shared = 0;
7407
7408 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7409 {
7410 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7411 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
7412 {
7413 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
7414 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
7415 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
7416 (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7417
7418 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7419 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
7420
7421 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
7422 nuked should now go away. */
7423 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
7424 (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7425 }
7426 }
7427 }
7428 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
7429 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
7430 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
7431
7432
7433 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
7434
7435 update:
7436
7437 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
7438 if (fonts_changed_p)
7439 goto retry;
7440
7441 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
7442 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
7443 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
7444 if (interrupt_input)
7445 unrequest_sigio ();
7446 stop_polling ();
7447
7448 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7449 {
7450 Lisp_Object tail;
7451 struct frame *f;
7452 int hscrolled_p;
7453
7454 pause = 0;
7455 hscrolled_p = 0;
7456
7457 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
7458 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7459 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)))
7460 {
7461 f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
7462
7463 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7464 || f == sf)
7465 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
7466 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)
7467 && hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
7468 hscrolled_p = 1;
7469 }
7470
7471 if (hscrolled_p)
7472 goto retry;
7473
7474 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7475 {
7476 if (!FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)))
7477 continue;
7478
7479 f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
7480
7481 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
7482 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7483 {
7484 /* Mark all windows as to be updated. */
7485 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
7486 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
7487 if (!pause)
7488 {
7489 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
7490 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7491 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
7492 }
7493 }
7494 }
7495 }
7496 else
7497 {
7498 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
7499 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
7500 {
7501 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7502 goto retry;
7503
7504 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7505 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
7506 }
7507 else
7508 pause = 0;
7509
7510 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
7511 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
7512 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
7513 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
7514 it here. */
7515 {
7516 Lisp_Object mini_window;
7517 struct frame *mini_frame;
7518
7519 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
7520 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
7521
7522 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
7523 {
7524 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7525 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
7526 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
7527 goto retry;
7528 }
7529 }
7530 }
7531
7532 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
7533 thorough update the next time. */
7534 if (pause)
7535 {
7536 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
7537 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
7538 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
7539 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7540
7541 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
7542 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
7543 {
7544 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7545 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7546 }
7547
7548 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
7549 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
7550 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
7551 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
7552 update_mode_lines = 1;
7553 }
7554
7555 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
7556 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
7557 if (!pause)
7558 {
7559 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7560
7561 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
7562 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
7563 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
7564 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
7565
7566 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7567 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
7568 else
7569 {
7570 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
7571 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7572 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7573
7574 b->clip_changed = 0;
7575 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7576 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7577 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
7578 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
7579 w->last_had_star
7580 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7581 ? Qt : Qnil);
7582
7583 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7584 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7585 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7586 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7587 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7588 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
7589 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
7590 : Qnil);
7591
7592 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7593 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7594 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7595 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7596 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
7597
7598 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7599 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7600 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7601 }
7602
7603 update_mode_lines = 0;
7604 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
7605 }
7606
7607 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
7608 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
7609 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
7610 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
7611 if (interrupt_input)
7612 request_sigio ();
7613 start_polling ();
7614
7615 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
7616 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
7617 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
7618 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
7619 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
7620 frames here explicitly. */
7621 if (!pause)
7622 {
7623 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7624 int new_count = 0;
7625
7626 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7627 {
7628 int this_is_visible = 0;
7629
7630 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7631 this_is_visible = 1;
7632 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
7633 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7634 this_is_visible = 1;
7635
7636 if (this_is_visible)
7637 new_count++;
7638 }
7639
7640 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
7641 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7642 }
7643
7644 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
7645 do_pending_window_change (1);
7646
7647 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
7648 visible frames, redisplay again. */
7649 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
7650 goto retry;
7651
7652 end_of_redisplay:;
7653
7654 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7655 }
7656
7657
7658 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
7659 another message has been requested in its place.
7660
7661 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
7662 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
7663 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
7664 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
7665
7666 void
7667 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
7668 {
7669 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7670 {
7671 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
7672 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
7673 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
7674 redisplay_internal (1);
7675 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
7676 }
7677 else
7678 redisplay_internal (1);
7679 }
7680
7681
7682 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
7683 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
7684 in progress. */
7685
7686 static Lisp_Object
7687 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
7688 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
7689 {
7690 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
7691 return Qnil;
7692 }
7693
7694
7695 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
7696 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
7697 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
7698 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
7699
7700 void
7701 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
7702 Lisp_Object window;
7703 int accurate_p;
7704 {
7705 struct window *w;
7706
7707 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
7708 {
7709 w = XWINDOW (window);
7710
7711 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
7712 {
7713 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7714
7715 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
7716 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7717 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
7718 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7719 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
7720 ? Qt : Qnil);
7721
7722 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
7723 Let's check it. */
7724 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7725 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7726 w->region_showing
7727 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7728 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7729 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7730 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
7731 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
7732 : Qnil));
7733 #endif
7734
7735 if (accurate_p)
7736 {
7737 b->clip_changed = 0;
7738 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7739 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7740 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7741 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7742 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7743 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7744 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7745 w->last_point = BUF_PT (b);
7746 else
7747 w->last_point = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
7748 }
7749 }
7750
7751 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7752 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7753
7754 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
7755 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
7756 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
7757 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
7758 }
7759
7760 if (accurate_p)
7761 {
7762 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7763 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7764 }
7765 else
7766 {
7767 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
7768 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
7769 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
7770 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7771 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7772 }
7773 }
7774
7775
7776 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
7777 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
7778 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
7779 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
7780
7781 Lisp_Object
7782 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
7783 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
7784 int c;
7785 {
7786 int code[4], i;
7787 Lisp_Object val;
7788
7789 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
7790 return (dp->contents[c]);
7791
7792 SPLIT_NON_ASCII_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
7793 if (code[0] != CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
7794 {
7795 if (code[1] < 32)
7796 code[1] = -1;
7797 else if (code[2] < 32)
7798 code[2] = -1;
7799 }
7800
7801 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
7802 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
7803 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
7804 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
7805 code[0] += 128;
7806 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
7807
7808 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
7809 {
7810 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
7811 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
7812 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
7813 }
7814
7815 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
7816 it. */
7817 return (dp->defalt);
7818 }
7819
7820
7821 \f
7822 /***********************************************************************
7823 Window Redisplay
7824 ***********************************************************************/
7825
7826 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
7827
7828 static void
7829 redisplay_windows (window)
7830 Lisp_Object window;
7831 {
7832 while (!NILP (window))
7833 {
7834 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7835
7836 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
7837 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
7838 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
7839 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
7840 else
7841 redisplay_window (window, 0);
7842
7843 window = w->next;
7844 }
7845 }
7846
7847
7848 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
7849 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
7850 differ from current buffer positions. */
7851
7852 void
7853 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
7854 struct window *w;
7855 struct glyph_row *row;
7856 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
7857 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
7858 {
7859 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7860 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7861 int x = row->x;
7862 int pt_old = PT - delta;
7863
7864 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7865 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7866 frames. */
7867 if (row->displays_text_p)
7868 while (glyph < end
7869 && !glyph->object
7870 && glyph->charpos < 0)
7871 {
7872 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7873 ++glyph;
7874 }
7875
7876 while (glyph < end
7877 && glyph->object
7878 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
7879 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
7880 {
7881 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7882 ++glyph;
7883 }
7884
7885 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7886 w->cursor.x = x;
7887 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
7888 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
7889
7890 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7891 {
7892 if (!row->continued_p
7893 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
7894 && row->x == 0)
7895 {
7896 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7897
7898 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7899 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
7900 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7901 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
7902
7903 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
7904 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
7905 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
7906 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
7907
7908 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
7909 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
7910 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
7911 this_line_start_x = row->x;
7912 }
7913 else
7914 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7915 }
7916 }
7917
7918
7919 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
7920 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
7921
7922 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
7923
7924 static INLINE struct text_pos
7925 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
7926 Lisp_Object window;
7927 struct text_pos startp;
7928 {
7929 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7930 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
7931
7932 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7933 abort ();
7934
7935 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
7936 {
7937 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
7938 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
7939 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
7940 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
7941 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7942 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7943 }
7944
7945 return startp;
7946 }
7947
7948
7949 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
7950 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
7951
7952 static void
7953 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
7954 struct window *w;
7955 {
7956 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
7957 struct glyph_row *row;
7958 int header_line_height;
7959
7960 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
7961 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
7962 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
7963 return;
7964
7965 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
7966 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7967
7968 /* If row->y == top y of window display area, the window isn't tall
7969 enough to display a single line. There is nothing we can do
7970 about it. */
7971 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
7972 if (row->y == header_line_height)
7973 return;
7974
7975 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
7976 {
7977 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
7978 w->vscroll = 0;
7979 w->cursor.y += dy;
7980 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
7981 }
7982 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row))
7983 {
7984 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
7985 w->vscroll = dy;
7986 w->cursor.y += dy;
7987 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
7988 }
7989
7990 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
7991 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
7992 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
7993 the correct y-position. */
7994 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7995 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
7996 }
7997
7998
7999 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8000 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8001 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8002 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8003 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8004
8005 Value is
8006
8007 1 if scrolling succeeded
8008
8009 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8010
8011 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8012 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8013
8014 static int
8015 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8016 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8017 Lisp_Object window;
8018 int just_this_one_p;
8019 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8020 int temp_scroll_step;
8021 {
8022 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8023 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8024 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8025 struct text_pos pos;
8026 struct text_pos startp;
8027 struct it it;
8028 Lisp_Object window_end;
8029 int this_scroll_margin;
8030 int dy = 0;
8031 int scroll_max;
8032 int line_height, rc;
8033 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8034 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8035 int height;
8036
8037 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8038 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8039 #endif
8040
8041 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8042
8043 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8044 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8045 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8046 {
8047 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8048 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8049 }
8050 else
8051 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8052
8053 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8054 into view. */
8055 if (scroll_step)
8056 scroll_max = scroll_step;
8057 else if (scroll_conservatively)
8058 scroll_max = scroll_conservatively;
8059 else if (temp_scroll_step)
8060 scroll_max = temp_scroll_step;
8061 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8062 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8063 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8064 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8065 there should be a variable for this. */
8066 scroll_max = 10;
8067 else
8068 scroll_max = 0;
8069 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8070
8071 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8072 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8073 margin. */
8074 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8075 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8076 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8077 if (this_scroll_margin)
8078 {
8079 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8080 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8081 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8082 }
8083
8084 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8085 {
8086 int y0;
8087
8088 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8089 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8090
8091 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8092 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8093 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8094 y0 = it.current_y;
8095 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8096 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8097 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8098 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8099 : last_height);
8100 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
8101 if (dy > scroll_max)
8102 return 0;
8103
8104 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
8105 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
8106 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
8107 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8108
8109 if (scroll_conservatively)
8110 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8111 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8112 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8113 else
8114 {
8115 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
8116 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8117 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8118 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8119 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8120 }
8121
8122 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8123 return 0;
8124
8125 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
8126 startp = it.current.pos;
8127 }
8128 else
8129 {
8130 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8131 window. */
8132 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
8133 if (this_scroll_margin)
8134 {
8135 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8136 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
8137 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8138 }
8139
8140 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8141 {
8142 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
8143 above what is displayed in the window. */
8144 int y0;
8145
8146 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
8147 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
8148 scroll_max. */
8149 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
8150 start_display (&it, w, pos);
8151 y0 = it.current_y;
8152 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
8153 it.last_visible_y, -1,
8154 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8155 dy = it.current_y - y0;
8156 if (dy > scroll_max)
8157 return 0;
8158
8159 /* Compute new window start. */
8160 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8161
8162 if (scroll_conservatively)
8163 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8164 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8165 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8166 else
8167 {
8168 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
8169 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8170 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8171 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8172 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8173 }
8174
8175 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8176 return 0;
8177
8178 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
8179 startp = it.current.pos;
8180 }
8181 }
8182
8183 /* Run window scroll functions. */
8184 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8185
8186 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
8187 doesn't appear. */
8188 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8189 rc = -1;
8190 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8191 {
8192 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8193 rc = 0;
8194 }
8195 else
8196 {
8197 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
8198 if (!just_this_one_p
8199 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8200 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8201 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8202
8203 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
8204 lines up or down. */
8205 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8206 rc = 1;
8207 }
8208
8209 return rc;
8210 }
8211
8212
8213 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
8214 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
8215 was computed.
8216
8217 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
8218 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
8219 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
8220
8221 static int
8222 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
8223 struct window *w;
8224 {
8225 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
8226 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
8227
8228 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
8229
8230 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
8231 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
8232 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
8233 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
8234 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
8235 {
8236 struct it it;
8237 struct glyph_row *row;
8238
8239 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
8240 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
8241 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8242 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
8243 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8244
8245 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
8246 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
8247 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
8248 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
8249 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8250 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
8251
8252 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
8253 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
8254 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
8255 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
8256 {
8257 int min_distance, distance;
8258
8259 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
8260 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
8261 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
8262 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
8263 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
8264 minimum distance from the old window start. */
8265 pos = it.current.pos;
8266 min_distance = INFINITY;
8267 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
8268 distance < min_distance)
8269 {
8270 min_distance = distance;
8271 pos = it.current.pos;
8272 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8273 }
8274
8275 /* Set the window start there. */
8276 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
8277 window_start_changed_p = 1;
8278 }
8279 }
8280
8281 return window_start_changed_p;
8282 }
8283
8284
8285 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
8286 selected_window is redisplayed. */
8287
8288 static void
8289 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
8290 Lisp_Object window;
8291 int just_this_one_p;
8292 {
8293 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8294 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8295 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8296 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
8297 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
8298 int update_mode_line;
8299 int tem;
8300 struct it it;
8301 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
8302 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
8303 int really_switched_buffer = 0;
8304 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
8305 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
8306
8307 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8308 opoint = lpoint;
8309
8310 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
8311 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
8312 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8313 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8314 #endif
8315
8316 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
8317
8318 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
8319
8320 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
8321 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8322 || update_mode_lines
8323 || buffer->clip_changed);
8324
8325 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8326 {
8327 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
8328 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
8329 {
8330 if (update_mode_line)
8331 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
8332 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
8333 goto finish_menu_bars;
8334 else
8335 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
8336 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8337 }
8338 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
8339 {
8340 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
8341 active one, so clear it. */
8342 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
8343 struct glyph_row *row;
8344 int y;
8345
8346 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
8347 y < yb;
8348 y += row->height, ++row)
8349 blank_row (w, row, y);
8350 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8351 }
8352 }
8353
8354 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
8355 value. */
8356 if (update_mode_line)
8357 {
8358 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
8359 variables. */
8360 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8361 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8362 }
8363 else
8364 set_buffer_temp (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8365 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8366
8367 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8368 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8369 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8370 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8371 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
8372
8373 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
8374 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
8375 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8376 {
8377 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
8378 window start in case the window's width changed. */
8379 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
8380 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
8381
8382 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8383 }
8384
8385 /* Some sanity checks. */
8386 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
8387 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
8388 abort ();
8389 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
8390 abort ();
8391
8392 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
8393 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8394 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8395 where no change is needed. */
8396 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8397 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8398 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8399 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8400 update_mode_line = 1;
8401
8402 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
8403 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
8404 if (!just_this_one_p)
8405 {
8406 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
8407 current_base = current_buffer;
8408 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
8409 if (current_base->base_buffer)
8410 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
8411 if (window_base->base_buffer)
8412 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
8413 if (current_base == window_base)
8414 buffer_shared++;
8415 }
8416
8417 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
8418 window, set up appropriate value. */
8419 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
8420 {
8421 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
8422 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
8423 if (new_pt < BEGV)
8424 {
8425 new_pt = BEGV;
8426 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
8427 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8428 }
8429 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
8430 {
8431 new_pt = ZV;
8432 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
8433 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8434 }
8435
8436 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
8437 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
8438 }
8439
8440 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
8441 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
8442 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
8443 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
8444 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
8445 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
8446 {
8447 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
8448
8449 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
8450 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
8451 {
8452 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
8453 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
8454 BEG, Z);
8455 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
8456 }
8457 }
8458
8459 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
8460 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
8461 goto recenter;
8462
8463 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8464
8465 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
8466 check whether it can be used. */
8467 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start))
8468 {
8469 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
8470 /* This takes a mini-buffer prompt into account. */
8471 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8472 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8473 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8474 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
8475 w->force_start = Qt;
8476 }
8477
8478 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
8479 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
8480 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
8481 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
8482 {
8483 w->force_start = Qnil;
8484 w->vscroll = 0;
8485 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8486
8487 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8488 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8489 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
8490 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8491
8492 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
8493 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
8494 because we have scrolled. */
8495 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
8496 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
8497 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
8498 and having them get more errors. */
8499 if (!update_mode_line
8500 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8501 {
8502 if (!really_switched_buffer)
8503 {
8504 set_buffer_temp (old);
8505 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8506 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8507 }
8508
8509 update_mode_line = 1;
8510 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8511 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8512 }
8513
8514 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
8515 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
8516 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
8517 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8518 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
8519 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8520
8521 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
8522 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
8523 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8524 {
8525 w->force_start = Qt;
8526 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8527 goto restore_buffers;
8528 }
8529
8530 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
8531 {
8532 /* If point does not appear, or on a line that is not fully
8533 visible, move point so it does appear. The desired
8534 matrix has been built above, so we can use it. */
8535 int height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
8536 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, 0);
8537
8538 while (row->y < height)
8539 ++row;
8540
8541 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
8542 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8543
8544 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
8545 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
8546 else if (current_buffer == old)
8547 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8548
8549 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8550
8551 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
8552 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
8553 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8554 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8555 {
8556 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8557 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8558 goto restore_buffers;
8559 }
8560 }
8561
8562 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8563 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8564 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
8565 #endif
8566 goto done;
8567 }
8568
8569 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
8570 not moved off the frame. */
8571 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8572 /* Point may be in this window. */
8573 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8574 /* If we don't check this, we are called to move the cursor in a
8575 horizontally split window with a current matrix that doesn't
8576 fit the display. */
8577 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
8578 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
8579 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8580 /* If force-mode-line-update was called, really redisplay;
8581 that's how redisplay is forced after e.g. changing
8582 buffer-invisibility-spec. */
8583 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8584 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
8585 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
8586 set the cursor. */
8587 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8588 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8589 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8590 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8591 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
8592 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
8593 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
8594 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
8595 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
8596 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
8597 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
8598 handles the same cases. */
8599 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
8600 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
8601 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
8602 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
8603 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
8604 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
8605 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
8606 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
8607 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8608 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
8609 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
8610 {
8611 int this_scroll_margin;
8612 struct glyph_row *row;
8613 int scroll_p;
8614
8615 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8616 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
8617 #endif
8618
8619 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
8620 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
8621 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
8622 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
8623 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8624
8625 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
8626 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
8627 if (w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
8628 goto try_to_scroll;
8629 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
8630 if (row->mode_line_p)
8631 ++row;
8632 if (!row->enabled_p)
8633 goto try_to_scroll;
8634
8635 scroll_p = 0;
8636 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8637 {
8638 /* Point has moved forward. */
8639 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
8640
8641 while ((MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
8642 /* The end position of a row equals the start
8643 position of the next row. If PT is there, we
8644 would rather display it in the next line, except
8645 when this line ends in ZV. */
8646 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8647 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
8648 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
8649 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
8650 {
8651 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8652 ++row;
8653 }
8654
8655 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
8656 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which the
8657 next line would be drawn, and that this_scroll_margin can
8658 be zero. */
8659 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
8660 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8661 /* Line is completely visible last line in window and PT
8662 is to be set in the next line. */
8663 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
8664 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8665 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
8666 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8667 scroll_p = 1;
8668 }
8669 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8670 {
8671 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
8672 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer if-statement. */
8673 while (!row->mode_line_p
8674 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
8675 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8676 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8677 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
8678 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
8679 {
8680 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8681 --row;
8682 }
8683
8684 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there
8685 is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display
8686 starts at some point START > BEGV. It can happen that
8687 we are called with PT somewhere between BEGV and START.
8688 Try to handle that case. */
8689 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
8690 || row->mode_line_p)
8691 {
8692 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8693 if (row->mode_line_p)
8694 ++row;
8695 }
8696
8697 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to skip
8698 forward over overlay strings. */
8699 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8700 && MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_OVERLAY_STRING_P (row)
8701 && !row->ends_at_zv_p)
8702 ++row;
8703
8704 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
8705 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
8706 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
8707 scroll_p = 1;
8708 }
8709
8710 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
8711 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
8712 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
8713 goto try_to_scroll;
8714
8715 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's make it fully
8716 visible. This can be done most easily by using the existing
8717 scrolling code. */
8718 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8719 {
8720 temp_scroll_step = 1;
8721 goto try_to_scroll;
8722 }
8723 else if (scroll_p)
8724 goto try_to_scroll;
8725
8726 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8727 goto done;
8728 }
8729
8730 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
8731 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
8732 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
8733 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
8734 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
8735 {
8736 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8737 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
8738 #endif
8739 goto recenter;
8740 }
8741
8742 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
8743 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
8744 !windows_or_buffers_changed
8745 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
8746 be full width. */
8747 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8748 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
8749 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8750 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
8751 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8752 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
8753 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
8754 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
8755 /* Selective display has not changed. */
8756 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8757 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
8758 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8759 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
8760 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
8761 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8762 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8763 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8764 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8765 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
8766 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
8767 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
8768 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
8769 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
8770 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
8771 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
8772 {
8773 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8774 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id");
8775 #endif
8776
8777 if (fonts_changed_p)
8778 goto restore_buffers;
8779 if (tem > 0)
8780 goto done;
8781 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
8782 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
8783 }
8784 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8785 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
8786 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8787 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
8788 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
8789 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
8790 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8791 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
8792 {
8793 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8794 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
8795 #endif
8796
8797 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
8798 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
8799 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8800 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8801 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8802 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
8803 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8804 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
8805 {
8806 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
8807 try_window (window, startp);
8808 }
8809
8810 if (fonts_changed_p)
8811 goto restore_buffers;
8812
8813 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
8814 {
8815 if (!just_this_one_p
8816 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8817 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8818 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8819 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8820
8821 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8822 goto done;
8823 }
8824 else
8825 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8826 }
8827
8828 try_to_scroll:
8829
8830 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
8831 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
8832
8833 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
8834 if (!update_mode_line)
8835 {
8836 if (!really_switched_buffer)
8837 {
8838 set_buffer_temp (old);
8839 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8840 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8841 }
8842 update_mode_line = 1;
8843 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8844 }
8845
8846 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
8847 if ((scroll_conservatively
8848 || scroll_step
8849 || temp_scroll_step
8850 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
8851 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
8852 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8853 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8854 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
8855 {
8856 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
8857 successful, 0 if not successful. */
8858 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
8859 scroll_conservatively,
8860 scroll_step,
8861 temp_scroll_step);
8862 if (rc > 0)
8863 goto done;
8864 else if (rc < 0)
8865 goto restore_buffers;
8866 }
8867
8868 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
8869
8870 recenter:
8871
8872 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8873 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
8874 #endif
8875
8876 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
8877
8878 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
8879 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8880 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
8881 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8882
8883 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
8884 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8885 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
8886 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
8887 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
8888
8889 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
8890 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
8891 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
8892 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
8893 containing PT in this case. */
8894 if (it.current_y <= 0)
8895 {
8896 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8897 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
8898 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
8899 it.current_y = 0;
8900 }
8901
8902 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
8903
8904 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
8905 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
8906 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
8907
8908 /* Run scroll hooks. */
8909 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
8910
8911 /* Redisplay the window. */
8912 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8913 || windows_or_buffers_changed
8914 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8915 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8916 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
8917 || !just_this_one_p
8918 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8919 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
8920 try_window (window, startp);
8921
8922 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
8923 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
8924 matrices. */
8925 if (fonts_changed_p)
8926 goto restore_buffers;
8927
8928 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
8929 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
8930 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
8931 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
8932 line.) */
8933 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8934 {
8935 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8936 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
8937 {
8938 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8939 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8940 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
8941 }
8942 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
8943 {
8944 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8945 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
8946 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
8947 }
8948 else
8949 {
8950 /* Not much we can do about it. */
8951 }
8952 }
8953
8954 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
8955 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
8956 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
8957 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
8958 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8959 {
8960 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8961 if (row->mode_line_p)
8962 ++row;
8963 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8964 }
8965
8966 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8967
8968 done:
8969
8970 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8971 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
8972 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
8973 ? Qt : Qnil);
8974
8975 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
8976 if ((update_mode_line
8977 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
8978 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
8979 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
8980 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
8981 || (!just_this_one_p
8982 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8983 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
8984 /* Line number to display. */
8985 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
8986 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
8987 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8988 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
8989 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
8990 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
8991 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
8992 {
8993 display_mode_lines (w);
8994
8995 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
8996 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
8997 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
8998 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
8999 {
9000 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9001 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9002 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9003 }
9004
9005 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9006 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9007 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9008 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9009 {
9010 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9011 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9012 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9013 }
9014
9015 if (fonts_changed_p)
9016 goto restore_buffers;
9017 }
9018
9019 if (!line_number_displayed
9020 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
9021 {
9022 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
9023 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9024 }
9025
9026 finish_menu_bars:
9027
9028 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9029 if (update_mode_line
9030 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
9031 {
9032 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
9033
9034 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9035 {
9036 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
9037 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
9038 #else
9039 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9040 #endif
9041 }
9042 else
9043 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9044
9045 if (redisplay_menu_p)
9046 display_menu_bar (w);
9047
9048 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9049 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
9050 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
9051 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
9052 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
9053 #endif
9054 }
9055
9056 finish_scroll_bars:
9057
9058 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
9059 {
9060 int start, end, whole;
9061
9062 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
9063 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
9064 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
9065 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
9066 visible region.
9067
9068 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
9069 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9070 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
9071 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
9072 {
9073 whole = ZV - BEGV;
9074 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
9075 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
9076 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
9077 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
9078
9079 if (end < start)
9080 end = start;
9081 if (whole < (end - start))
9082 whole = end - start;
9083 }
9084 else
9085 start = end = whole = 0;
9086
9087 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
9088 (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) (w, end - start, whole, start);
9089
9090 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
9091 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
9092 (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) (w);
9093 }
9094
9095 restore_buffers:
9096
9097 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
9098 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
9099 if (really_switched_buffer)
9100 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
9101 else
9102 set_buffer_temp (old);
9103 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
9104
9105 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
9106 }
9107
9108
9109 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
9110 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
9111 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
9112 glyph matrices necessary. */
9113
9114 int
9115 try_window (window, pos)
9116 Lisp_Object window;
9117 struct text_pos pos;
9118 {
9119 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9120 struct it it;
9121 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
9122
9123 /* Make POS the new window start. */
9124 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
9125
9126 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
9127 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9128 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9129
9130 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
9131 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9132
9133 /* Display all lines of W. */
9134 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9135 {
9136 if (display_line (&it))
9137 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9138 if (fonts_changed_p)
9139 return 0;
9140 }
9141
9142 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
9143 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
9144 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
9145 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9146
9147 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
9148 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
9149 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
9150 if (last_text_row)
9151 {
9152 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
9153 w->window_end_bytepos
9154 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9155 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9156 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9157 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9158 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9159 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
9160 ->displays_text_p);
9161 }
9162 else
9163 {
9164 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9165 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9166 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9167 }
9168
9169 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
9170 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9171 return 1;
9172 }
9173
9174
9175 \f
9176 /************************************************************************
9177 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
9178 ************************************************************************/
9179
9180 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
9181 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
9182 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
9183 W->start is the new window start. */
9184
9185 static int
9186 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
9187 struct window *w;
9188 {
9189 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9190 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
9191 struct it it;
9192 struct run run;
9193 struct text_pos start, new_start;
9194 int nrows_scrolled, i;
9195 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
9196 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
9197 struct glyph_row *start_row;
9198 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
9199
9200 /* Right now this function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
9201 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9202 return 0;
9203
9204 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
9205 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9206 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9207 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
9208 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
9209 return 0;
9210
9211 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
9212 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9213 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
9214 return 0;
9215
9216 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
9217 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
9218 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9219 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
9220 return 0;
9221
9222 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
9223 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
9224 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
9225 start = start_row->start.pos;
9226 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
9227
9228 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
9229 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9230
9231 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
9232 {
9233 int first_row_y;
9234
9235 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
9236
9237 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
9238 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
9239 text. */
9240 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
9241 first_row_y = it.current_y;
9242 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9243 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
9244 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
9245 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
9246 && !fonts_changed_p)
9247 if (display_line (&it))
9248 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9249
9250 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
9251 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
9252 have at least one reusable row. */
9253 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9254 {
9255 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
9256
9257 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
9258 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9259 {
9260 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
9261
9262 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9263 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9264 {
9265 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9266 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9267 {
9268 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
9269 dy, nrows_scrolled);
9270 break;
9271 }
9272
9273 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
9274 break;
9275
9276 ++row;
9277 }
9278
9279 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
9280 happen often; not more often than with try_window
9281 itself. */
9282 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9283 {
9284 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9285 return 0;
9286 }
9287 }
9288
9289 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
9290 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
9291 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
9292 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
9293 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
9294 in. */
9295 run.current_y = first_row_y;
9296 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
9297 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
9298 if (run.height > 0)
9299 {
9300 update_begin (f);
9301 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9302 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9303 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9304 update_end (f);
9305 }
9306
9307 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
9308 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9309 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9310 start_vpos,
9311 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9312 nrows_scrolled);
9313
9314 /* Disable lines not reused. */
9315 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
9316 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0;
9317
9318 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
9319 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix) + nrows_scrolled;
9320 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9321 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9322 while (row < bottom_row)
9323 {
9324 row->y = it.current_y;
9325
9326 if (row->y < min_y)
9327 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9328 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9329 row->visible_height
9330 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9331 else
9332 row->visible_height = row->height;
9333
9334 it.current_y += row->height;
9335 ++it.vpos;
9336
9337 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9338 last_reused_text_row = row;
9339 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
9340 break;
9341 ++row;
9342 }
9343 }
9344
9345 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
9346 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
9347 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
9348 containing text. */
9349 if (last_reused_text_row)
9350 {
9351 w->window_end_bytepos
9352 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
9353 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9354 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
9355 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9356 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
9357 w->current_matrix));
9358 }
9359 else if (last_text_row)
9360 {
9361 w->window_end_bytepos
9362 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9363 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9364 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9365 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9366 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9367 }
9368 else
9369 {
9370 /* This window must be completely empty. */
9371 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9372 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9373 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9374 }
9375 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9376
9377 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
9378 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9379
9380 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9381 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
9382 #endif
9383 return 1;
9384 }
9385 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
9386 {
9387 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
9388 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
9389 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
9390 int dy;
9391 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9392
9393 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
9394
9395 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
9396 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
9397 first_reusable_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9398 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9399 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
9400 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9401 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
9402 ++first_reusable_row;
9403
9404 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
9405 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
9406 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9407 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9408 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
9409 return 0;
9410
9411 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
9412 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
9413 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
9414 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
9415 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
9416 pt_row = NULL;
9417 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
9418 {
9419 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
9420 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
9421 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
9422
9423 ++first_row_to_display;
9424 }
9425
9426 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
9427 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
9428 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
9429 nrows_scrolled = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix);
9430 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
9431 - nrows_scrolled);
9432 it.current_y = first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y;
9433
9434 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
9435 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
9436 that displays text. */
9437 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9438 if (pt_row == NULL)
9439 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9440 last_text_row = NULL;
9441 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
9442 if (display_line (&it))
9443 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9444
9445 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
9446 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9447 {
9448 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9449 return 0;
9450 }
9451
9452 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
9453 position. */
9454 if (pt_row)
9455 {
9456 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
9457 w->current_matrix);
9458 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
9459 }
9460
9461 /* Scroll the display. */
9462 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
9463 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9464 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
9465 if (run.height)
9466 {
9467 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9468 update_begin (f);
9469 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9470 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9471 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9472 update_end (f);
9473 }
9474
9475 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
9476 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9477 row = first_reusable_row;
9478 dy = first_reusable_row->y;
9479 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9480 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9481 while (row < first_row_to_display)
9482 {
9483 row->y -= dy;
9484 if (row->y < min_y)
9485 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9486 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9487 row->visible_height
9488 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9489 else
9490 row->visible_height = row->height;
9491 ++row;
9492 }
9493
9494 /* Disable rows not reused. */
9495 while (row < bottom_row)
9496 {
9497 row->enabled_p = 0;
9498 ++row;
9499 }
9500
9501 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
9502 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
9503 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9504 start_vpos,
9505 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9506 -nrows_scrolled);
9507
9508 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
9509 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
9510 only its vpos can have changed. */
9511 if (last_text_row)
9512 {
9513 w->window_end_bytepos
9514 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9515 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9516 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9517 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9518 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9519 }
9520 else
9521 {
9522 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9523 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
9524 }
9525
9526 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9527 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9528
9529 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9530 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
9531 #endif
9532 return 1;
9533 }
9534
9535 return 0;
9536 }
9537
9538
9539 \f
9540 /************************************************************************
9541 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
9542 ************************************************************************/
9543
9544 static struct glyph_row *get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
9545 static struct glyph_row *get_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
9546 int *, int *));
9547 static struct glyph_row *
9548 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
9549 struct glyph_row *));
9550
9551
9552 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
9553 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
9554 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
9555 a pointer to the row found. */
9556
9557 static struct glyph_row *
9558 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
9559 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9560 struct it *it;
9561 struct glyph_row *start;
9562 {
9563 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
9564
9565 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
9566 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
9567 visible lines. */
9568 row_found = NULL;
9569 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
9570 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9571 {
9572 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9573 row_found = row;
9574 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
9575 break;
9576 ++row;
9577 }
9578
9579 return row_found;
9580 }
9581
9582
9583 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
9584 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
9585 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
9586
9587 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
9588 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
9589 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
9590 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
9591 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
9592 was built. */
9593
9594 static struct glyph_row *
9595 get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
9596 struct window *w;
9597 {
9598 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
9599 struct glyph_row *row;
9600 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9601 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9602
9603 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
9604 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9605 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
9606 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
9607 {
9608 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
9609 except in some case. */
9610 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
9611 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
9612 unchanged. */
9613 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9614 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
9615 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
9616 continued. */
9617 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
9618 && row->continued_p))
9619 row_found = row;
9620
9621 /* Stop if last visible row. */
9622 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
9623 break;
9624
9625 ++row;
9626 }
9627
9628 return row_found;
9629 }
9630
9631
9632 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
9633 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
9634 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
9635 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
9636 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
9637 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
9638 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
9639
9640 static struct glyph_row *
9641 get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
9642 struct window *w;
9643 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
9644 {
9645 struct glyph_row *row;
9646 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9647
9648 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
9649
9650 /* A value of window_end_pos >= end_unchanged means that the window
9651 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
9652 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
9653 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
9654 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
9655 return NULL;
9656
9657 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
9658 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
9659
9660 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
9661 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9662 {
9663 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
9664 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
9665 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
9666 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
9667 positions for characters not in changed text. */
9668 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
9669 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
9670 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
9671 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
9672 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9673
9674 *delta = Z - Z_old;
9675 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
9676
9677 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
9678 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
9679 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
9680 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
9681 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
9682 position. */
9683 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
9684 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
9685
9686 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
9687 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
9688 while (row >= first_text_row)
9689 {
9690 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9691 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
9692
9693 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
9694 row_found = row;
9695 --row;
9696 }
9697 }
9698
9699 xassert (!row_found || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found));
9700 return row_found;
9701 }
9702
9703
9704 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
9705 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
9706 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
9707 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
9708 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
9709
9710 static void
9711 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
9712 struct window *w;
9713 {
9714 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9715 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
9716
9717 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
9718 must have a frame matrix. */
9719 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
9720 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
9721 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
9722
9723 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
9724 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
9725 corresponding frame matrix. */
9726 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9727 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
9728 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
9729 while (window_row < window_row_end)
9730 {
9731 int area;
9732
9733 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
9734 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
9735
9736 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
9737 been disabled in try_window_id. */
9738 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
9739 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
9740
9741 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
9742 }
9743 }
9744
9745
9746 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
9747 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
9748 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
9749 containing CHARPOS or null. */
9750
9751 static struct glyph_row *
9752 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
9753 struct window *w;
9754 int charpos;
9755 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
9756 {
9757 struct glyph_row *row = start;
9758 int last_y;
9759
9760 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
9761 if (row->mode_line_p)
9762 ++row;
9763
9764 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
9765 return NULL;
9766
9767 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9768
9769 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
9770 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
9771 /* The end position of a row equals the start
9772 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
9773 would rather display it in the next line, except
9774 when this line ends in ZV. */
9775 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
9776 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
9777 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
9778 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9779 ++row;
9780
9781 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
9782 if ((end && row >= end)
9783 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9784 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9785 row = NULL;
9786
9787 return row;
9788 }
9789
9790
9791 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
9792 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
9793 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
9794
9795 Value is
9796
9797 1 if display has been updated
9798 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
9799 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
9800
9801 The following steps are performed:
9802
9803 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
9804 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
9805 is found, give up.
9806
9807 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
9808 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
9809
9810 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
9811 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
9812 the window.
9813
9814 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
9815
9816 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
9817 display and current matrix as needed.
9818
9819 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
9820 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
9821 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
9822 in smaller font sizes.
9823
9824 7. Update W's window end information. */
9825
9826 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
9827
9828 static int
9829 try_window_id (w)
9830 struct window *w;
9831 {
9832 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9833 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
9834 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
9835 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
9836 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
9837 struct glyph_row *row;
9838 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
9839 int bottom_vpos;
9840 struct it it;
9841 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
9842 struct text_pos start_pos;
9843 struct run run;
9844 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
9845 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
9846 struct text_pos start;
9847
9848 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
9849
9850 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
9851 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
9852 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
9853 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
9854 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
9855
9856 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
9857 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
9858 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
9859 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
9860 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF)
9861 {
9862 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
9863 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
9864 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
9865 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
9866 }
9867
9868 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
9869 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
9870 This case happens with stealth-fontification. */
9871 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
9872 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
9873 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
9874 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
9875 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9876 {
9877 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9878 size has changed. */
9879 w->window_end_pos
9880 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
9881 w->window_end_bytepos
9882 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
9883 return 1;
9884 }
9885
9886 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
9887 window, and if PT is in the window. */
9888 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9889 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9890 {
9891 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9892 size has changed. */
9893 w->window_end_pos
9894 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
9895 w->window_end_bytepos
9896 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
9897 return 1;
9898 }
9899
9900 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
9901 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
9902 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
9903 comparable. */
9904 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9905 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
9906 return 0;
9907
9908 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
9909 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
9910 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
9911 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
9912 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
9913 first line of window. */
9914 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
9915 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
9916 {
9917 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9918 start_pos = it.current.pos;
9919
9920 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
9921 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
9922 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
9923 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
9924 current_matrix);
9925 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9926 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9927
9928 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
9929 }
9930 else
9931 {
9932 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
9933 Start displaying in the first line. */
9934 start_display (&it, w, start);
9935 start_pos = it.current.pos;
9936 }
9937
9938 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
9939 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
9940 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
9941 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
9942 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
9943 changes. */
9944 first_unchanged_at_end_row
9945 = get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
9946 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
9947 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
9948
9949 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
9950 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
9951 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
9952 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
9953 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
9954 stop_pos = 0;
9955 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9956 {
9957 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
9958 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9959
9960 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
9961 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
9962 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
9963 not displaying text. */
9964 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9965 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9966 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9967 < it.last_visible_y))
9968 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
9969
9970 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9971 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9972 >= it.last_visible_y))
9973 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
9974 else
9975 {
9976 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9977 + delta);
9978 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
9979 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
9980 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
9981 }
9982 }
9983 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
9984 return 0;
9985
9986
9987 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9988
9989 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
9990 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
9991 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
9992 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
9993 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
9994
9995 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
9996 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
9997 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
9998 : -1);
9999 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10000
10001 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10002
10003
10004 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
10005 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
10006 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
10007 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10008 last_text_row = NULL;
10009 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10010 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10011 && !fonts_changed_p
10012 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10013 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
10014 {
10015 if (display_line (&it))
10016 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10017 }
10018
10019 if (fonts_changed_p)
10020 return -1;
10021
10022
10023 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
10024 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
10025 scroll. */
10026 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10027 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
10028 bottom of the window. */
10029 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10030 {
10031 dvpos = (it.vpos
10032 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
10033 current_matrix));
10034 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10035 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10036 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
10037 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
10038 }
10039 else
10040 {
10041 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
10042 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10043 }
10044 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
10045
10046
10047 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
10048 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
10049 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
10050 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
10051 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
10052 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
10053 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
10054 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
10055 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10056 {
10057 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
10058 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
10059 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10060 {
10061 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
10062 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
10063 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
10064 xassert (row && row <= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10065 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10066 }
10067
10068 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
10069 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10070 {
10071 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
10072 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
10073 if (row)
10074 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
10075 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
10076 }
10077
10078 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
10079 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10080 {
10081 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10082 return -1;
10083 }
10084 }
10085
10086 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
10087 {
10088 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
10089
10090 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
10091 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
10092 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
10093 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
10094 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
10095
10096 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
10097 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
10098 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
10099 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
10100 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
10101 {
10102 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10103 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10104 return -1;
10105 }
10106 }
10107
10108 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
10109 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
10110 found. */
10111 if (dy)
10112 {
10113 update_begin (f);
10114
10115 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10116 {
10117 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10118 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10119 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
10120 }
10121 else
10122 {
10123 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
10124 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
10125 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10126 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
10127 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10128 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
10129
10130 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
10131 if (dvpos > 0)
10132 {
10133 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
10134 window down dvpos lines. */
10135 set_terminal_window (end);
10136
10137 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
10138 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
10139 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10140 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
10141
10142 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
10143 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10144 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
10145 }
10146 else if (dvpos < 0)
10147 {
10148 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
10149 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
10150 set_terminal_window (end);
10151
10152 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
10153 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
10154 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
10155 line sequences. */
10156 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
10157
10158 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
10159 end. */
10160 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10161 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
10162 }
10163
10164 set_terminal_window (0);
10165 }
10166
10167 update_end (f);
10168 }
10169
10170 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
10171 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
10172 text. */
10173 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10174 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
10175 if (dvpos < 0)
10176 {
10177 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10178 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10179 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
10180 bottom_vpos, 0);
10181 }
10182 else if (dvpos > 0)
10183 {
10184 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10185 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10186 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10187 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
10188 }
10189
10190 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
10191 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
10192 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10193 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
10194
10195 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
10196 if (delta)
10197 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (current_matrix,
10198 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10199 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
10200
10201 /* Adjust Y positions. */
10202 if (dy)
10203 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
10204 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10205 bottom_vpos, dy);
10206
10207 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10208 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
10209
10210 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
10211 the window. */
10212 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
10213 if (dy < 0)
10214 {
10215 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
10216 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
10217 the matrix by dvpos. */
10218 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
10219 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
10220
10221 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
10222 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
10223
10224 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
10225 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
10226 line following it. */
10227 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10228 {
10229 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
10230 it.vpos = last_vpos;
10231 it.current_y = last_row->y;
10232 }
10233 else
10234 {
10235 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
10236 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
10237 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
10238 ++last_row;
10239 }
10240
10241 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
10242 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
10243 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
10244 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
10245
10246 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
10247 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10248 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10249 && !fonts_changed_p)
10250 {
10251 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
10252 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
10253 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
10254 enabled_p flag to zero. */
10255 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
10256 if (display_line (&it))
10257 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
10258 }
10259 }
10260
10261 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
10262 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10263 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
10264 && !last_text_row_at_end)
10265 {
10266 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
10267 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
10268 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
10269 scrolling. */
10270 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
10271 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
10272 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
10273 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
10274
10275 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10276 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10277 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10278 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
10279 }
10280 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
10281 {
10282 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10283 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
10284 w->window_end_bytepos
10285 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
10286 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10287 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
10288 }
10289 else if (last_text_row)
10290 {
10291 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
10292 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
10293 in the desired matrix. */
10294 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10295 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10296 w->window_end_bytepos
10297 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10298 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10299 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
10300 }
10301 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10302 && last_text_row == NULL
10303 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
10304 {
10305 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
10306 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
10307 int vpos;
10308 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
10309
10310 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
10311 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10312 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
10313 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10314 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
10315 break;
10316
10317 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
10318 }
10319 else
10320 abort ();
10321
10322 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10323 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10324
10325 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
10326 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10327 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10328 return 1;
10329 }
10330
10331
10332 \f
10333 /***********************************************************************
10334 More debugging support
10335 ***********************************************************************/
10336
10337 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10338
10339 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
10340 static void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
10341
10342
10343 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr. If
10344 WITH_GLYPHS_P is non-zero, dump glyph contents as well. */
10345
10346 void
10347 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, with_glyphs_p)
10348 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10349 int with_glyphs_p;
10350 {
10351 int i;
10352 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
10353 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, with_glyphs_p);
10354 }
10355
10356
10357 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
10358 WITH_GLYPH_SP non-zero means dump glyph contents, too. */
10359
10360 void
10361 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, with_glyphs_p)
10362 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10363 int vpos, with_glyphs_p;
10364 {
10365 struct glyph_row *row;
10366
10367 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
10368 return;
10369
10370 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
10371
10372 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZF X Y W\n");
10373 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10374
10375 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d\n",
10376 row - matrix->rows,
10377 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
10378 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
10379 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
10380 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
10381 row->enabled_p,
10382 row->inverse_p,
10383 row->truncated_on_left_p,
10384 row->truncated_on_right_p,
10385 row->overlay_arrow_p,
10386 row->continued_p,
10387 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
10388 row->displays_text_p,
10389 row->ends_at_zv_p,
10390 row->fill_line_p,
10391 row->x,
10392 row->y,
10393 row->pixel_width);
10394 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
10395 row->end.overlay_string_index);
10396 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
10397 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
10398 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
10399 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
10400 row->end.dpvec_index);
10401
10402 if (with_glyphs_p)
10403 {
10404 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
10405 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
10406
10407 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10408 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10409
10410 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
10411 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
10412 ++glyph_end;
10413
10414 if (glyph < glyph_end)
10415 {
10416 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos W Code C Face LR\n");
10417 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
10418 }
10419 else
10420 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
10421
10422 while (glyph < glyph_end)
10423 {
10424 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
10425 {
10426 fprintf (stderr,
10427 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10428 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10429 'C',
10430 glyph->charpos,
10431 glyph->pixel_width,
10432 glyph->u.ch.code,
10433 (glyph->u.ch.code < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch.code >= ' '
10434 ? glyph->u.ch.code
10435 : '.'),
10436 glyph->u.ch.face_id,
10437 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10438 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10439 }
10440 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
10441 {
10442 fprintf (stderr,
10443 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10444 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10445 'S',
10446 glyph->charpos,
10447 glyph->pixel_width,
10448 0,
10449 '.',
10450 glyph->u.stretch.face_id,
10451 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10452 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10453 }
10454 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
10455 {
10456 fprintf (stderr,
10457 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10458 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10459 'I',
10460 glyph->charpos,
10461 glyph->pixel_width,
10462 glyph->u.img.id,
10463 '.',
10464 glyph->u.img.face_id,
10465 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10466 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10467 }
10468 ++glyph;
10469 }
10470 }
10471 }
10472
10473
10474 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
10475 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
10476 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
10477 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil optional\n\
10478 parameter WITH-GLYPHS-P, dump glyphs as well.")
10479 (with_glyphs_p)
10480 {
10481 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
10482 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10483
10484 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
10485 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
10486 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
10487 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
10488 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10489 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix, !NILP (with_glyphs_p));
10490 return Qnil;
10491 }
10492
10493
10494 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 1, "",
10495 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.")
10496 (row)
10497 Lisp_Object row;
10498 {
10499 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
10500 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix, XINT (row), 1);
10501 return Qnil;
10502 }
10503
10504
10505 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
10506 0, 0, "", "")
10507 ()
10508 {
10509 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
10510 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)
10511 ->current_matrix);
10512 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
10513 return Qnil;
10514 }
10515
10516
10517 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
10518 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
10519 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
10520 ()
10521 {
10522 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
10523 return Qnil;
10524 }
10525
10526
10527 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
10528
10529
10530 \f
10531 /***********************************************************************
10532 Building Desired Matrix Rows
10533 ***********************************************************************/
10534
10535 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
10536 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
10537
10538 static struct glyph_row *
10539 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
10540 struct window *w;
10541 {
10542 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10543 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10544 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
10545 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
10546 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
10547 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
10548 unsigned char *p;
10549 struct it it;
10550 int multibyte_p;
10551 int n_glyphs_before;
10552
10553 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
10554 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10555 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10556 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
10557
10558 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
10559 p = arrow_string;
10560 while (p < arrow_end)
10561 {
10562 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
10563
10564 /* Get the next character. */
10565 if (multibyte_p)
10566 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
10567 else
10568 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
10569 p += it.len;
10570
10571 /* Get its face. */
10572 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
10573 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
10574 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
10575
10576 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
10577 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10578 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
10579 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
10580
10581 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
10582 to remove some glyphs. */
10583 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
10584 {
10585 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
10586 break;
10587 }
10588 }
10589
10590 set_buffer_temp (old);
10591 return it.glyph_row;
10592 }
10593
10594
10595 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
10596 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
10597 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
10598 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
10599 produce_special_glyphs. */
10600
10601 static void
10602 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
10603 struct it *it;
10604 {
10605 struct it truncate_it;
10606 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
10607
10608 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
10609
10610 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
10611 truncate_it = *it;
10612 truncate_it.charset = -1;
10613 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
10614 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10615 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
10616 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10617 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
10618 truncate_it.object = 0;
10619 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
10620
10621 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
10622 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10623 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10624 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10625 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10626
10627 while (from < end)
10628 *to++ = *from++;
10629
10630 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
10631 from = to;
10632 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
10633 ++from;
10634 while (from < toend)
10635 *to++ = *from++;
10636
10637 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10638 }
10639
10640
10641 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
10642
10643 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
10644 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
10645 structure. This is not the case if
10646
10647 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
10648 and max_height will be zero.
10649
10650 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
10651 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
10652 pixmap extensions).
10653
10654 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
10655 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
10656 must not be zero. */
10657
10658 static void
10659 compute_line_metrics (it)
10660 struct it *it;
10661 {
10662 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
10663 int area, i;
10664
10665 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10666 {
10667 int i, header_line_height;
10668
10669 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
10670 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
10671 computed yet. */
10672 if (row->height == 0)
10673 {
10674 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
10675 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
10676 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
10677 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
10678 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
10679 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
10680 }
10681
10682 /* Compute the width of this line. */
10683 row->pixel_width = row->x;
10684 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
10685 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
10686
10687 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
10688 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
10689
10690 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
10691 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
10692
10693 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
10694 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
10695 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
10696 if (row == it->w->desired_matrix->rows
10697 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
10698 {
10699 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
10700 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
10701 }
10702
10703 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
10704 row->visible_height = row->height;
10705
10706 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
10707 if (row->y < header_line_height)
10708 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
10709 else
10710 {
10711 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
10712 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10713 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
10714 }
10715 }
10716 else
10717 {
10718 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10719 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
10720 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
10721 }
10722
10723 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
10724 row->hash = 0;
10725 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
10726 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
10727 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
10728 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
10729 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
10730
10731 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
10732 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
10733 }
10734
10735
10736 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
10737 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
10738 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
10739 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
10740
10741 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
10742 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
10743 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
10744 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
10745
10746 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
10747 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
10748
10749 static int
10750 append_space (it, default_face_p)
10751 struct it *it;
10752 int default_face_p;
10753 {
10754 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10755 {
10756 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10757
10758 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
10759 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
10760 {
10761 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10762 int saved_x = it->current_x;
10763 struct text_pos saved_pos;
10764 int saved_what = it->what;
10765 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
10766 int saved_charset = it->charset;
10767 Lisp_Object saved_object;
10768
10769 saved_object = it->object;
10770 saved_pos = it->position;
10771
10772 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
10773 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
10774 it->object = 0;
10775 it->c = ' ';
10776 it->len = 1;
10777 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
10778
10779 if (default_face_p)
10780 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10781 if (it->multibyte_p)
10782 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
10783 else
10784 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, -1);
10785
10786 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10787
10788 it->current_x = saved_x;
10789 it->object = saved_object;
10790 it->position = saved_pos;
10791 it->what = saved_what;
10792 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
10793 it->charset = saved_charset;
10794 return 1;
10795 }
10796 }
10797
10798 return 0;
10799 }
10800
10801
10802 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
10803 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
10804 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
10805 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
10806
10807 static void
10808 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
10809 struct it *it;
10810 {
10811 struct face *face;
10812 struct frame *f = it->f;
10813
10814 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
10815 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
10816 return;
10817
10818 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
10819 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
10820 of the frame, we haven't to do anything. */
10821 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
10822 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10823 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
10824 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
10825 && !face->stipple)
10826 return;
10827
10828 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
10829 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
10830 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
10831
10832 /* If current charset of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
10833 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
10834 get_next_display_element returns a character from a different
10835 charset. Note that the charset will always be ASCII in unibyte
10836 text. */
10837 if (it->charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
10838 {
10839 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
10840 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
10841 }
10842
10843 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10844 {
10845 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
10846 so that we know which face to draw. */
10847 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
10848 {
10849 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
10850 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].u.ch.face_id = it->face_id;
10851 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
10852 }
10853 }
10854 else
10855 {
10856 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10857 int saved_x = it->current_x;
10858 struct text_pos saved_pos;
10859 Lisp_Object saved_object;
10860 int saved_what = it->what;
10861
10862 saved_object = it->object;
10863 saved_pos = it->position;
10864
10865 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
10866 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
10867 it->object = 0;
10868 it->c = ' ';
10869 it->len = 1;
10870
10871 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10872
10873 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
10874 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10875
10876 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
10877 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
10878 it->current_x = saved_x;
10879 it->object = saved_object;
10880 it->position = saved_pos;
10881 it->what = saved_what;
10882 }
10883 }
10884
10885
10886 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
10887 trailing whitespace. */
10888
10889 static int
10890 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
10891 int charpos;
10892 {
10893 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
10894 int c = 0;
10895
10896 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
10897 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
10898 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
10899 ++bytepos;
10900
10901 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
10902 {
10903 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
10904 return 1;
10905 }
10906 return 0;
10907 }
10908
10909
10910 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
10911
10912 void
10913 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
10914 struct frame *f;
10915 struct glyph_row *row;
10916 {
10917 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10918
10919 if (used)
10920 {
10921 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10922 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
10923
10924 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
10925 cursor at the end of a line. */
10926 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10927 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' '
10928 && glyph->object == 0)
10929 --glyph;
10930
10931 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
10932 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
10933 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
10934 if (glyph >= start
10935 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
10936 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
10937 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10938 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' '))
10939 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
10940 {
10941 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace,
10942 CHARSET_ASCII);
10943
10944 while (glyph >= start
10945 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
10946 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
10947 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10948 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' ')))
10949 {
10950 if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
10951 glyph->u.stretch.face_id = face_id;
10952 else
10953 glyph->u.ch.face_id = face_id;
10954 --glyph;
10955 }
10956 }
10957 }
10958 }
10959
10960
10961 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
10962 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
10963 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
10964 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
10965 only. */
10966
10967 static int
10968 display_line (it)
10969 struct it *it;
10970 {
10971 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
10972
10973 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
10974 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
10975
10976 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
10977 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
10978 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
10979
10980 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
10981 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
10982
10983 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
10984 prepare_desired_row (row);
10985
10986 row->y = it->current_y;
10987 row->start = it->current;
10988 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
10989 row->displays_text_p = 1;
10990
10991 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
10992 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
10993 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
10994 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
10995 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
10996 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
10997
10998 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
10999 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
11000 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
11001 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
11002 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
11003 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
11004
11005 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
11006 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
11007 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11008 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11009 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11010 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11011
11012 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
11013 character to display. */
11014 while (1)
11015 {
11016 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
11017 int x, i, nglyphs;
11018
11019 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
11020 buffer reached. */
11021 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
11022 {
11023 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
11024 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
11025 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
11026 to -1. */
11027 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
11028 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11029 {
11030 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
11031 row->displays_text_p = 0;
11032
11033 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
11034 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
11035 }
11036
11037 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11038 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
11039 break;
11040 }
11041
11042 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
11043 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
11044 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11045 x = it->current_x;
11046 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11047
11048 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
11049 the next one. */
11050 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
11051 {
11052 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11053 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11054 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11055 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11056 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11057 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11058 continue;
11059 }
11060
11061 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
11062 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
11063 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
11064 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
11065 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
11066 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
11067 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
11068 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
11069 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
11070 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
11071 hpos_before = it->hpos;
11072 x_before = x;
11073
11074 if (nglyphs == 1
11075 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
11076 {
11077 ++it->hpos;
11078 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11079 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11080 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11081 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11082 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11083 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
11084 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11085 }
11086 else
11087 {
11088 int new_x;
11089 struct glyph *glyph;
11090
11091 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
11092 {
11093 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
11094 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
11095
11096 if (/* Lines are continued. */
11097 !it->truncate_lines_p
11098 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
11099 new_x > it->last_visible_x
11100 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
11101 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
11102 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
11103 {
11104 /* End of a continued line. */
11105
11106 if (it->hpos == 0
11107 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
11108 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
11109 {
11110 /* Current glyph fits exactly on the line. We
11111 must continue the line because we can't draw
11112 the cursor after the glyph. */
11113 row->continued_p = 1;
11114 it->current_x = new_x;
11115 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
11116 ++it->hpos;
11117 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
11118 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11119 }
11120 else
11121 {
11122 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
11123 the window. Restore positions to values
11124 before the element. The next line starts
11125 with current_x before the glyph that could
11126 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
11127 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
11128
11129 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
11130 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11131 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
11132 row->continued_p = 1;
11133
11134 it->current_x = x;
11135 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
11136 }
11137 break;
11138 }
11139 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
11140 {
11141 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
11142 ++it->hpos;
11143
11144 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
11145 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
11146 negative X position. */
11147 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11148 }
11149 else
11150 {
11151 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
11152 window. This should not happen because of the
11153 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
11154 this function. */
11155 abort ();
11156 }
11157 }
11158
11159 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11160 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11161 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11162 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11163 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11164
11165 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
11166 if (row->continued_p)
11167 break;
11168 }
11169
11170 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
11171 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
11172 margin of the window. */
11173 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
11174 {
11175 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11176
11177 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
11178 display the cursor there. */
11179 append_space (it, 0);
11180
11181 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
11182 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
11183
11184 /* Make sure we have the position. */
11185 if (used_before == 0)
11186 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
11187
11188 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
11189 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11190 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11191 break;
11192 }
11193
11194 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
11195 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
11196 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11197
11198 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
11199 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
11200 if (it->truncate_lines_p
11201 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
11202 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11203 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
11204 {
11205 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
11206 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11207 {
11208 --it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11209 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11210 }
11211
11212 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
11213 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11214 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
11215 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
11216 it->hpos = hpos_before;
11217 it->current_x = x_before;
11218 break;
11219 }
11220 }
11221
11222 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
11223 at the left window margin. */
11224 if (it->first_visible_x
11225 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
11226 {
11227 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11228 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
11229 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
11230 }
11231
11232 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
11233 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
11234 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
11235 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
11236 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
11237 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
11238 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11239 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
11240 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
11241 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
11242 {
11243 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
11244 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11245 {
11246 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
11247 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11248 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11249 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11250 struct glyph *p2, *end;
11251
11252 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
11253 while (glyph < arrow_end)
11254 *p++ = *glyph++;
11255
11256 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
11257 p2 = p;
11258 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11259 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
11260 ++p2;
11261 if (p2 > p)
11262 {
11263 while (p2 < end)
11264 *p++ = *p2++;
11265 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11266 }
11267 }
11268
11269 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
11270 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
11271 }
11272
11273 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
11274 compute_line_metrics (it);
11275
11276 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
11277 row->end = it->current;
11278
11279 /* Maybe set the cursor. If you change this, it's probably a good
11280 idea to also change the code in redisplay_window for cursor
11281 movement in an unchanged window. */
11282 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
11283 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11284 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) >= PT
11285 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
11286 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
11287 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
11288 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11289
11290 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
11291 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11292 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
11293
11294 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
11295 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
11296 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
11297 row to be used. */
11298 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
11299 it->current_y += row->height;
11300 ++it->vpos;
11301 ++it->glyph_row;
11302 return row->displays_text_p;
11303 }
11304
11305
11306 \f
11307 /***********************************************************************
11308 Menu Bar
11309 ***********************************************************************/
11310
11311 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
11312
11313 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
11314 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
11315
11316 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
11317 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
11318 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
11319 for the menu bar. */
11320
11321 static void
11322 display_menu_bar (w)
11323 struct window *w;
11324 {
11325 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11326 struct it it;
11327 Lisp_Object items;
11328 int i;
11329
11330 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
11331 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
11332 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
11333 return;
11334 #endif
11335 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11336 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
11337 return;
11338 #endif
11339
11340 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11341 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
11342 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
11343 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11344 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11345 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11346 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11347 {
11348 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
11349 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
11350 struct window *menu_w;
11351 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
11352 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
11353 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
11354 MENU_FACE_ID);
11355 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11356 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11357 }
11358 else
11359 {
11360 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
11361 pixel x/y. */
11362 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
11363 MENU_FACE_ID);
11364 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11365 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
11366 }
11367 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11368
11369 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
11370 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
11371 {
11372 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
11373 clear_glyph_row (row);
11374 row->enabled_p = 1;
11375 row->full_width_p = 1;
11376 }
11377
11378 /* Make the first line of the menu bar appear in reverse video. */
11379 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11380
11381 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
11382 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
11383 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
11384 {
11385 Lisp_Object string;
11386
11387 /* Stop at nil string. */
11388 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
11389 if (NILP (string))
11390 break;
11391
11392 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
11393 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
11394
11395 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
11396 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11397 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
11398 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
11399 }
11400
11401 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
11402 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11403 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
11404
11405 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
11406 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11407 }
11408
11409
11410 \f
11411 /***********************************************************************
11412 Mode Line
11413 ***********************************************************************/
11414
11415 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. */
11416
11417 static void
11418 display_mode_lines (w)
11419 struct window *w;
11420 {
11421 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
11422 line_number_displayed = 0;
11423 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
11424
11425 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
11426 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
11427 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
11428
11429 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
11430 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
11431 current_buffer->header_line_format);
11432 }
11433
11434
11435 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
11436 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
11437 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. */
11438
11439 static void
11440 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
11441 struct window *w;
11442 enum face_id face_id;
11443 Lisp_Object format;
11444 {
11445 struct it it;
11446 struct face *face;
11447
11448 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
11449 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
11450
11451 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
11452 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
11453 values. */
11454 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
11455 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
11456 pop_frame_kboard ();
11457
11458 /* Fill up with spaces. */
11459 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
11460
11461 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11462 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
11463 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
11464 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11465 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
11466 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
11467 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
11468
11469 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
11470 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
11471 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
11472 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
11473 {
11474 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11475 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
11476 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
11477 }
11478 }
11479
11480
11481 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
11482 translates into text depends on its data type.
11483
11484 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
11485
11486 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
11487 infinite recursion here.
11488
11489 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
11490 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
11491 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
11492 display_string for details. *
11493
11494 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
11495
11496 static int
11497 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
11498 struct it *it;
11499 int depth;
11500 int field_width, precision;
11501 Lisp_Object elt;
11502 {
11503 int n = 0, field, prec;
11504
11505 tail_recurse:
11506 if (depth > 10)
11507 goto invalid;
11508
11509 depth++;
11510
11511 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
11512 {
11513 case Lisp_String:
11514 {
11515 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
11516 unsigned char c;
11517 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
11518 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
11519
11520 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
11521 && *this
11522 && (frame_title_ptr
11523 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
11524 {
11525 unsigned char *last = this;
11526
11527 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
11528 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
11529 ;
11530
11531 if (this - 1 != last)
11532 {
11533 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
11534 is length of string. Don't output more than
11535 PRECISION allows us. */
11536 prec = --this - last;
11537 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11538 prec = precision - n;
11539
11540 if (frame_title_ptr)
11541 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
11542 else
11543 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
11544 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
11545 }
11546 else /* c == '%' */
11547 {
11548 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
11549
11550 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
11551 don't pad. */
11552 field = 0;
11553 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
11554 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
11555
11556 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
11557 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
11558 field = field_width - n;
11559
11560 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
11561 prec = precision - n;
11562
11563 if (c == 'M')
11564 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
11565 Vglobal_mode_string);
11566 else if (c != 0)
11567 {
11568 unsigned char *spec
11569 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
11570
11571 if (frame_title_ptr)
11572 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
11573 else
11574 {
11575 int nglyphs_before
11576 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11577 int charpos
11578 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
11579 int nwritten
11580 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
11581 field, prec, 0, -1);
11582
11583 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
11584 string where the `%x' came from, position
11585 of the `%'. */
11586 if (nwritten > 0)
11587 {
11588 struct glyph *glyph
11589 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11590 + nglyphs_before);
11591 int i;
11592
11593 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
11594 {
11595 glyph[i].object = elt;
11596 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
11597 }
11598
11599 n += nwritten;
11600 }
11601 }
11602 }
11603 }
11604 }
11605 }
11606 break;
11607
11608 case Lisp_Symbol:
11609 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
11610 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
11611 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
11612 literally. */
11613 {
11614 register Lisp_Object tem;
11615 tem = Fboundp (elt);
11616 if (!NILP (tem))
11617 {
11618 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
11619 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
11620 don't check for % within it. */
11621 if (STRINGP (tem))
11622 {
11623 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
11624 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11625 prec = precision - n;
11626 if (frame_title_ptr)
11627 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
11628 else
11629 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
11630 0, prec, 0, -1);
11631 }
11632 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
11633 {
11634 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
11635 elt = tem;
11636 goto tail_recurse;
11637 }
11638 }
11639 }
11640 break;
11641
11642 case Lisp_Cons:
11643 {
11644 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
11645
11646 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
11647 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
11648 and effectively concatenate them.
11649 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
11650 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
11651 to at least that many characters.
11652 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
11653 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
11654 car = XCAR (elt);
11655 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
11656 {
11657 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
11658 and use the result as mode line elements. */
11659 struct gcpro gcpro1;
11660 Lisp_Object spec;
11661
11662 spec = eval_form (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
11663 GCPRO1 (spec);
11664 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11665 precision - n, spec);
11666 UNGCPRO;
11667 }
11668 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
11669 {
11670 tem = Fboundp (car);
11671 elt = XCDR (elt);
11672 if (!CONSP (elt))
11673 goto invalid;
11674 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
11675 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
11676 if (!NILP (tem))
11677 {
11678 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
11679 if (!NILP (tem))
11680 {
11681 elt = XCAR (elt);
11682 goto tail_recurse;
11683 }
11684 }
11685 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
11686 Get the cddr of the original list
11687 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
11688 elt = XCDR (elt);
11689 if (NILP (elt))
11690 break;
11691 else if (!CONSP (elt))
11692 goto invalid;
11693 elt = XCAR (elt);
11694 goto tail_recurse;
11695 }
11696 else if (INTEGERP (car))
11697 {
11698 register int lim = XINT (car);
11699 elt = XCDR (elt);
11700 if (lim < 0)
11701 {
11702 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
11703 if (precision <= 0)
11704 precision = -lim;
11705 else
11706 precision = min (precision, -lim);
11707 }
11708 else if (lim > 0)
11709 {
11710 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
11711 current maximum. */
11712 if (precision > 0)
11713 lim = min (precision, lim);
11714
11715 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
11716 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
11717 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
11718 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
11719 }
11720 goto tail_recurse;
11721 }
11722 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
11723 {
11724 register int limit = 50;
11725 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
11726 while (CONSP (elt)
11727 && --limit > 0
11728 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
11729 {
11730 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11731 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
11732 elt = XCDR (elt);
11733 }
11734 }
11735 }
11736 break;
11737
11738 default:
11739 invalid:
11740 if (frame_title_ptr)
11741 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
11742 else
11743 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
11744 precision - n, 0, 0);
11745 return n;
11746 }
11747
11748 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
11749 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
11750 {
11751 if (frame_title_ptr)
11752 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
11753 else
11754 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
11755 0, 0, 0);
11756 }
11757
11758 return n;
11759 }
11760
11761
11762 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
11763 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
11764
11765 static void
11766 pint2str (buf, width, d)
11767 register char *buf;
11768 register int width;
11769 register int d;
11770 {
11771 register char *p = buf;
11772
11773 if (d <= 0)
11774 *p++ = '0';
11775 else
11776 {
11777 while (d > 0)
11778 {
11779 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
11780 d /= 10;
11781 }
11782 }
11783
11784 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
11785 *p++ = ' ';
11786 *p-- = '\0';
11787 while (p > buf)
11788 {
11789 d = *buf;
11790 *buf++ = *p;
11791 *p-- = d;
11792 }
11793 }
11794
11795 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
11796 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
11797 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
11798
11799 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
11800
11801 static char *
11802 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
11803 Lisp_Object coding_system;
11804 register char *buf;
11805 int eol_flag;
11806 {
11807 Lisp_Object val;
11808 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11809 unsigned char *eol_str;
11810 int eol_str_len;
11811 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
11812 Lisp_Object eoltype;
11813
11814 val = coding_system;
11815
11816 if (NILP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
11817 {
11818 if (multibyte)
11819 *buf++ = '-';
11820 if (eol_flag)
11821 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11822 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
11823 }
11824 else
11825 {
11826 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
11827
11828 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
11829
11830 while (!NILP (val) && SYMBOLP (val))
11831 {
11832 val = Fget (val, Qcoding_system);
11833 if (NILP (eolvalue))
11834 eolvalue = Fget (val, Qeol_type);
11835 }
11836
11837 if (multibyte)
11838 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
11839
11840 if (eol_flag)
11841 {
11842 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
11843
11844 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
11845 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11846 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
11847 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11848 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
11849 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
11850 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
11851 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
11852 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
11853 }
11854 }
11855
11856 if (eol_flag)
11857 {
11858 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
11859 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
11860 {
11861 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
11862 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
11863 }
11864 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
11865 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
11866 {
11867 unsigned char work[4];
11868
11869 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), work, eol_str);
11870 }
11871 else
11872 {
11873 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
11874 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
11875 }
11876 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
11877 buf += eol_str_len;
11878 }
11879
11880 return buf;
11881 }
11882
11883 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
11884 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
11885 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
11886 string returned with spaces to that value. */
11887
11888 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
11889
11890 static char *
11891 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
11892 struct window *w;
11893 register int c;
11894 int field_width, precision;
11895 {
11896 Lisp_Object obj;
11897 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11898 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
11899 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11900
11901 obj = Qnil;
11902
11903 switch (c)
11904 {
11905 case '*':
11906 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
11907 return "%";
11908 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11909 return "*";
11910 return "-";
11911
11912 case '+':
11913 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
11914 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11915 return "*";
11916 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
11917 return "%";
11918 return "-";
11919
11920 case '&':
11921 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
11922 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11923 return "*";
11924 return "-";
11925
11926 case '%':
11927 return "%";
11928
11929 case '[':
11930 {
11931 int i;
11932 char *p;
11933
11934 if (command_loop_level > 5)
11935 return "[[[... ";
11936 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11937 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
11938 *p++ = '[';
11939 *p = 0;
11940 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11941 }
11942
11943 case ']':
11944 {
11945 int i;
11946 char *p;
11947
11948 if (command_loop_level > 5)
11949 return " ...]]]";
11950 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11951 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
11952 *p++ = ']';
11953 *p = 0;
11954 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11955 }
11956
11957 case '-':
11958 {
11959 register int i;
11960
11961 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
11962 if (field_width <= 0
11963 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
11964 {
11965 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
11966 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
11967 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
11968 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11969 }
11970 else
11971 return lots_of_dashes;
11972 }
11973
11974 case 'b':
11975 obj = b->name;
11976 break;
11977
11978 case 'c':
11979 {
11980 int col = current_column ();
11981 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
11982 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
11983 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11984 }
11985
11986 case 'F':
11987 /* %F displays the frame name. */
11988 if (!NILP (f->title))
11989 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
11990 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11991 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
11992 return "Emacs";
11993
11994 case 'f':
11995 obj = b->filename;
11996 break;
11997
11998 case 'l':
11999 {
12000 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
12001 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
12002 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
12003 int nlines, junk;
12004 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
12005
12006 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
12007 don't forget that too fast. */
12008 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
12009 goto no_value;
12010 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
12011 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
12012 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
12013
12014 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
12015 if (BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > line_number_display_limit)
12016 {
12017 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
12018 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
12019 goto no_value;
12020 }
12021
12022 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
12023 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
12024 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
12025 {
12026 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
12027 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
12028 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
12029 }
12030 else
12031 {
12032 line = 1;
12033 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
12034 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
12035 }
12036
12037 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
12038 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
12039 startpos_byte,
12040 startpos, &junk);
12041
12042 topline = nlines + line;
12043
12044 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
12045 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
12046 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
12047 go back past it. */
12048 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
12049 {
12050 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
12051 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
12052 }
12053 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
12054 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
12055 {
12056 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
12057 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
12058 int position;
12059 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
12060
12061 if (startpos - distance > limit)
12062 {
12063 limit = startpos - distance;
12064 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
12065 }
12066
12067 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
12068 limit_byte,
12069 - (height * 2 + 30),
12070 &position);
12071 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
12072 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
12073 give up on line numbers for this window. */
12074 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
12075 {
12076 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
12077 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
12078 goto no_value;
12079 }
12080
12081 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
12082 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
12083 }
12084
12085 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
12086 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
12087 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
12088
12089 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
12090 line_number_displayed = 1;
12091
12092 /* Make the string to show. */
12093 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
12094 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12095 no_value:
12096 {
12097 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12098 int pad = field_width - 2;
12099 while (pad-- > 0)
12100 *p++ = ' ';
12101 *p++ = '?';
12102 *p = '?';
12103 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12104 }
12105 }
12106 break;
12107
12108 case 'm':
12109 obj = b->mode_name;
12110 break;
12111
12112 case 'n':
12113 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
12114 return " Narrow";
12115 break;
12116
12117 case 'p':
12118 {
12119 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
12120 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12121
12122 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
12123 {
12124 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12125 return "All";
12126 else
12127 return "Bottom";
12128 }
12129 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12130 return "Top";
12131 else
12132 {
12133 if (total > 1000000)
12134 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12135 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12136 else
12137 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12138 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12139 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12140 if (total == 100)
12141 total = 99;
12142 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12143 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12144 }
12145 }
12146
12147 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
12148 case 'P':
12149 {
12150 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
12151 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
12152 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12153
12154 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
12155 {
12156 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12157 return "All";
12158 else
12159 return "Bottom";
12160 }
12161 else
12162 {
12163 if (total > 1000000)
12164 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12165 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12166 else
12167 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12168 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12169 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12170 if (total == 100)
12171 total = 99;
12172 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12173 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
12174 else
12175 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12176 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12177 }
12178 }
12179
12180 case 's':
12181 /* status of process */
12182 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
12183 if (NILP (obj))
12184 return "no process";
12185 #ifdef subprocesses
12186 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
12187 #endif
12188 break;
12189
12190 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
12191 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
12192 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
12193 #else
12194 return "T";
12195 #endif
12196
12197 case 'z':
12198 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
12199 case 'Z':
12200 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
12201 {
12202 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
12203 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12204
12205 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12206 {
12207 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
12208 to do EOL conversion. */
12209 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12210 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12211 }
12212 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
12213 p, eol_flag);
12214
12215 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
12216 #ifdef subprocesses
12217 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
12218 if (PROCESSP (obj))
12219 {
12220 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
12221 p, eol_flag);
12222 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
12223 p, eol_flag);
12224 }
12225 #endif /* subprocesses */
12226 #endif /* 0 */
12227 *p = 0;
12228 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12229 }
12230 }
12231
12232 if (STRINGP (obj))
12233 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
12234 else
12235 return "";
12236 }
12237
12238
12239 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
12240 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
12241 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
12242
12243 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
12244
12245 static int
12246 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
12247 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
12248 int *byte_pos_ptr;
12249 {
12250 register unsigned char *cursor;
12251 unsigned char *base;
12252
12253 register int ceiling;
12254 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
12255 int orig_count = count;
12256
12257 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
12258 check only for newlines. */
12259 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
12260 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
12261
12262 if (count > 0)
12263 {
12264 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
12265 {
12266 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
12267 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
12268 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
12269 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
12270 while (1)
12271 {
12272 if (selective_display)
12273 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12274 ;
12275 else
12276 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12277 ;
12278
12279 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12280 {
12281 if (--count == 0)
12282 {
12283 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12284 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12285 return orig_count;
12286 }
12287 else
12288 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
12289 break;
12290 }
12291 else
12292 break;
12293 }
12294 start_byte += cursor - base;
12295 }
12296 }
12297 else
12298 {
12299 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
12300 {
12301 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
12302 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
12303 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
12304 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
12305 while (1)
12306 {
12307 if (selective_display)
12308 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
12309 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
12310 ;
12311 else
12312 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
12313 ;
12314
12315 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12316 {
12317 if (++count == 0)
12318 {
12319 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12320 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12321 /* When scanning backwards, we should
12322 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
12323 return - orig_count - 1;
12324 }
12325 }
12326 else
12327 break;
12328 }
12329 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
12330 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
12331 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12332 }
12333 }
12334
12335 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
12336
12337 if (count < 0)
12338 return - orig_count + count;
12339 return orig_count - count;
12340
12341 }
12342
12343
12344 \f
12345 /***********************************************************************
12346 Displaying strings
12347 ***********************************************************************/
12348
12349 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
12350
12351 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
12352 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
12353
12354 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
12355 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
12356 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
12357
12358 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
12359 standard display table, temporarily.
12360
12361 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
12362 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
12363 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
12364 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
12365
12366 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
12367 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
12368
12369 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
12370
12371 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
12372 ----------------------------------------
12373 -1 -1 %s
12374 -1 10 %.10s
12375 10 -1 %10s
12376 20 10 %20.10s
12377
12378 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
12379 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
12380 enable_multibyte_characters.
12381
12382 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
12383
12384 static int
12385 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
12386 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
12387 unsigned char *string;
12388 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
12389 Lisp_Object face_string;
12390 int face_string_pos;
12391 int start;
12392 struct it *it;
12393 int field_width, precision, max_x;
12394 int multibyte;
12395 {
12396 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
12397 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12398 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12399
12400 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
12401 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
12402 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
12403 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
12404 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
12405 precision, field_width, multibyte);
12406
12407 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
12408 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
12409 if (STRINGP (face_string))
12410 {
12411 int endptr;
12412 struct face *face;
12413
12414 it->face_id
12415 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
12416 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
12417 it->region_end_charpos,
12418 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
12419 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
12420 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
12421 }
12422
12423 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
12424 beyond the right edge of the window. */
12425 if (max_x <= 0)
12426 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
12427 else
12428 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
12429
12430 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
12431 hscrolled. */
12432 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12433 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
12434 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12435
12436 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12437 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12438 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12439 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12440
12441 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
12442 past last_visible_x. */
12443 while (it->current_x < max_x)
12444 {
12445 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
12446
12447 /* Get the next display element. */
12448 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12449 break;
12450
12451 /* Produce glyphs. */
12452 x_before = it->current_x;
12453 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12454 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12455
12456 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12457 i = 0;
12458 x = x_before;
12459 while (i < nglyphs)
12460 {
12461 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12462
12463 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
12464 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
12465 {
12466 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
12467 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12468 it->current_x = x;
12469 break;
12470 }
12471 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
12472 {
12473 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
12474 ++it->hpos;
12475 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12476 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12477 }
12478 else
12479 {
12480 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
12481 Should not happen. */
12482 abort ();
12483 }
12484
12485 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12486 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12487 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12488 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12489 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12490 x += glyph->pixel_width;
12491 ++i;
12492 }
12493
12494 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
12495 if (i < nglyphs)
12496 break;
12497
12498 /* Stop at line ends. */
12499 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12500 {
12501 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12502 break;
12503 }
12504
12505 set_iterator_to_next (it);
12506
12507 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
12508 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12509 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12510 {
12511 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
12512 truncated at a padding space. */
12513 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
12514 {
12515 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12516 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12517 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12518 }
12519 break;
12520 }
12521 }
12522
12523 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
12524 if (it->first_visible_x
12525 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
12526 {
12527 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12528 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12529 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12530 }
12531
12532 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12533
12534 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
12535 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
12536 }
12537
12538
12539 \f
12540 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
12541 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
12542 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
12543 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
12544 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12545
12546 int
12547 invisible_p (propval, list)
12548 register Lisp_Object propval;
12549 Lisp_Object list;
12550 {
12551 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12552 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12553 {
12554 register Lisp_Object tem;
12555 tem = XCAR (tail);
12556 if (EQ (propval, tem))
12557 return 1;
12558 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12559 return 1;
12560 }
12561 if (CONSP (propval))
12562 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail);
12563 proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12564 {
12565 Lisp_Object propelt;
12566 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12567 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12568 {
12569 register Lisp_Object tem;
12570 tem = XCAR (tail);
12571 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
12572 return 1;
12573 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12574 return 1;
12575 }
12576 }
12577 return 0;
12578 }
12579
12580
12581 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
12582 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
12583 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
12584 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
12585 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12586
12587 int
12588 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
12589 register Lisp_Object propval;
12590 Lisp_Object list;
12591 {
12592 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12593
12594 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12595 {
12596 register Lisp_Object tem;
12597 tem = XCAR (tail);
12598 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12599 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12600 }
12601
12602 if (CONSP (propval))
12603 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12604 {
12605 Lisp_Object propelt;
12606 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12607 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12608 {
12609 register Lisp_Object tem;
12610 tem = XCAR (tail);
12611 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12612 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12613 }
12614 }
12615
12616 return 0;
12617 }
12618
12619
12620 \f
12621 /***********************************************************************
12622 Initialization
12623 ***********************************************************************/
12624
12625 void
12626 syms_of_xdisp ()
12627 {
12628 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
12629 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
12630
12631 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
12632 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
12633
12634 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
12635 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
12636
12637 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12638 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
12639 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
12640 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
12641 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
12642 #endif
12643
12644 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
12645 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
12646
12647 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
12648 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
12649
12650 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
12651 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
12652
12653 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
12654 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
12655
12656 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
12657 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
12658
12659 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
12660 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
12661
12662 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
12663 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
12664 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
12665 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
12666 Qraise = intern ("raise");
12667 staticpro (&Qraise);
12668 Qspace = intern ("space");
12669 staticpro (&Qspace);
12670 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
12671 staticpro (&Qmargin);
12672 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
12673 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
12674 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
12675 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
12676 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
12677 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
12678 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
12679 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
12680 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
12681 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
12682 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
12683 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
12684 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
12685 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
12686 QCeval = intern (":eval");
12687 staticpro (&QCeval);
12688 Qwhen = intern ("when");
12689 staticpro (&Qwhen);
12690 QCfile = intern (":file");
12691 staticpro (&QCfile);
12692 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
12693 staticpro (&Qfontified);
12694 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
12695 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
12696 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
12697 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
12698 Qimage = intern ("image");
12699 staticpro (&Qimage);
12700
12701 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
12702 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
12703 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
12704 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
12705
12706 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12707 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
12708 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
12709
12710 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12711 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
12712 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
12713
12714 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
12715 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
12716 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
12717 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
12718
12719 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
12720 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
12721 This is used for internal purposes.");
12722 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
12723
12724 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
12725 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
12726 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
12727
12728 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
12729 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
12730 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
12731 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
12732 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
12733
12734 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
12735 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
12736 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
12737
12738 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
12739 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
12740 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
12741 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.");
12742
12743 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
12744 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.");
12745 scroll_conservatively = 0;
12746
12747 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
12748 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
12749 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
12750 of the top or bottom of the window.");
12751 scroll_margin = 0;
12752
12753 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12754 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
12755 #endif
12756
12757 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
12758 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
12759 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
12760 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
12761
12762 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
12763 "*Non-nil means use inverse video for the mode line.");
12764 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
12765
12766 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit", &line_number_display_limit,
12767 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
12768 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
12769 in the mode line.");
12770 line_number_display_limit = 1000000;
12771
12772 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width", &line_number_display_limit_width,
12773 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
12774 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
12775 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
12776 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
12777
12778 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
12779 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
12780 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
12781
12782 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
12783 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
12784 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
12785 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
12786 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
12787
12788 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
12789 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
12790 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12791 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12792 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12793 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12794 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
12795 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
12796 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12797 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12798 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12799 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12800 Vicon_title_format
12801 = Vframe_title_format
12802 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
12803 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
12804 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
12805 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
12806 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
12807 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
12808 Qnil)))),
12809 Qnil)));
12810
12811 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
12812 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
12813 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
12814 the buffer when it becomes large.");
12815 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
12816
12817 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
12818 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
12819 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
12820 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
12821 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
12822 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
12823 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
12824
12825 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
12826 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
12827 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
12828 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
12829 is not valid when these functions are called.");
12830 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
12831
12832 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
12833 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
12834 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
12835 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
12836 otherwise.");
12837 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
12838
12839 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
12840 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
12841 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
12842
12843 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
12844 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
12845 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
12846
12847 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
12848 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
12849 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
12850
12851 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
12852 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
12853 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
12854 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
12855 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
12856 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
12857 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
12858 Fmake_local_variable (Qfontification_functions);
12859
12860 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
12861 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
12862 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
12863 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
12864 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
12865 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
12866 displayed according to the current fontset.");
12867 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
12868
12869 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
12870 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
12871 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
12872 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.\n\
12873 If nil, don't resize.");
12874 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
12875 }
12876
12877
12878 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
12879
12880 void
12881 init_xdisp ()
12882 {
12883 Lisp_Object root_window;
12884 struct window *mini_w;
12885
12886 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
12887
12888 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
12889 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
12890
12891 if (!noninteractive)
12892 {
12893 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
12894 int i;
12895
12896 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
12897 set_window_height (root_window,
12898 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
12899 0);
12900 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
12901 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
12902
12903 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
12904 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
12905
12906 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
12907 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
12908 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
12909
12910 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
12911 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
12912 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
12913 }
12914
12915 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12916 {
12917 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
12918 int size = 100;
12919 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
12920 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
12921 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
12922 }
12923 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
12924 }
12925
12926